Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction


· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments


· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law


· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence


· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes


· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact

Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:

Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi  

Current Events And Breaking News

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
America Collapses Into A Pharma State; Just Like A “Narco State” But Run By Prescription Drug Cartels
December 6 2019 | From: NaturalNews / Various

A “narco state” is a nation where nearly every aspect of society - politics, law enforcement, media, etc. - is controlled by narcotics traffickers. Mexico is a modern-day narco state.

America has collapsed into a pharma state, where all the most powerful corporations, regulators and government entities are beholden to pharmaceutical interests.

Related: The Sackler Family Opiod Crime Kings

The establishment media is largely funded by Big Pharma and uses its influence to promote pharmaceuticals while attacking nutrition and natural supplements.

Federal regulators like the FDA and CDC function as little more than pharmaceutical cheerleading squads that hype the benefits of prescription medications (and vaccines) and protect Big Pharma’s profits through regulatory monopoly enforcement.

The techno fascists like Google, Facebook and Amazon are all-in for Big Pharma, promoting prescription drugs by censoring natural health information while pursuing their own for-profit medication and vaccine retailing operations.

Law enforcement is entirely controlled by Big Pharma, which is why the CEOs of powerful drug companies like GlaxoSmithKline are never indicted, even when that company admitted to running a nationwide bribery campaign involving 44,000 doctors.

Instead of going to jail, they paid a fine to the DOJ and continue to conduct business as usual in the United States.

Related: Here’s How Industry-Funded “Research” Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years

The judicial system is overtly rigged in favor of Big Pharma, too. The vaccine has absolute legal immunity against lawsuits stemming from the millions of children who are harmed (and in some cases killed) each year by faulty vaccines made with toxic, dangerous ingredients.

In America, no parent can due a vaccine manufacturer for the damage caused to their child by childhood immunization vaccines.

The institution of “science” is totally corrupted by Big Pharma, and medical journals are almost entirely funded by pharmaceutical interests.

Med schools teach doctors how to be little more than pharmaceutical vending machines, and even the “science” entries in Wikipedia are almost entirely engineered by Big Pharma sock puppets that pretend to be unbiased “editors.”

Lawmakers in Washington D.C. are bought and “owned” by Big Pharma campaign donations and well-funded lobbyists. The pharmaceutical industry has more paid lobbyists in D.C. than even the weapons manufacturing industry or the oil industry.

Even veterinary medicine is now totally corrupted by Big Pharma, to the point where vets largely just push vaccines and medications onto dogs, cats and even horses.

Related: Johnson & Johnson Faces Multibillion Opioids Lawsuit That Could Upend Big Pharma + Glaxo Settles Record
Whistleblower Case For $3 Billion – Medicare Fraud Alleged

These same pharmaceutical giants are pushing the FDA to outlaw CBD products and criminalize even non-THC cannabis as a form of natural medicine.

This is being done, of course, to protect the monopoly profits of the opioid manufacturers that are killing tens of thousands of Americans each year while raking in billions in profits.

Watch this powerful mini-documentary, below, to learn more about how America [and the West] has collapsed into a “pharma state.”

Share the video everywhere to help spread the word. Big Pharma is as grave a danger to the United States as the narcotics cartels are to Mexico. If we don’t end this pharmaceutical tyranny over America, this nation will collapse from runaway “health care” spending and pension payouts to the pharmaceutical giants.

Oh yeah, and Elizabeth Warren wants to pump another $51 trillion in Big Pharma’s pockets by unleashing “Medicare for All” which is nothing more than a massive taxpayer-funded windfall of profits for the drug companies and cancer centers that keep people sick and medicated.

Related: The Deeper Reason For Drug Ads On Television & The Pharmaceutical Industry Is Largely Run By Leftists,
Stunning New Research Finds… Vaccine Mandates, Drugging Of Children, Chemotherapy And More

Stay informed. See more health and medicine free speech videos at Brighteon.com.

Related Articles:

Carcinogens Have Infiltrated the Generic Drug Supply in the U.S.

CDC pushing vaping hysteria while ignoring Big Pharma's death toll

The secret behind fake bipolar disease in children

Prozac mass murders: the truth comes to light

Popular heartburn drug may have given millions of people cancer, found contaminated with cancer chemical

Cancer Industry Not Looking For A Cure; They’re Too Busy Making Money & Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign

US Attorney General Finally Admits Weed Isn’t A Gateway Drug - Prescription Pills Are + Study Proves Medical
Marijuana Can Replace Dangerous Pharmaceuticals

How Rockefeller Founded Big Pharma And Waged War On Natural Cures

The Eradication Of Natural Alternatives: Big Pharma Wants To Eliminate The Competition

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Ghost Money, Burnt Money And Dead Money
December 5 2019 | From: KingFarouk / Various

Thomas Jefferson once wrote that “Paper is the Ghost of Money”
. Think about that. All the fancy colored paper we use (currencies, notes, stocks, bonds, commodity contracts, derivatives, promissory notes, etc.) are backed by little or nothing but Faith in God We Trust. 

This is Ghost Money that is backed by Ghost Assets. Look at the paper gold market. How many gold certificates are issued on the same serial number bar of gold? Only one demanded physical payment wipes out 50 fraudulent contracts or more!

Related: Government’s determination is the breakdown of society

And who can unravel Derivatives based on Derivatives based on Derivatives, etc.?  Ghosts upon Ghosts upon Ghosts to infinity - and beyond!

Where is there any “value” in fiat paper printed at the whim and fancy of scrupulous printers who make false claims of authority or legitimacy?  Or banks that create money out of thin air for fraudulent mortgages?

And now the controllers of the printing presses have even eliminated the “time value of money” by issuing paper with “negative interest rates” that  utterly destroys real capital values. 

Such practices destroy economies!  And it is being done intentionally!  And WE allow it!  Ghosts of “Ghost Time”.

Then look behind the curtain and you can see (Rothchild’s) Central Bankers selling-off sovereign Treasuries and buying GOLD. 

Related: Who Owns The World's Central Banks

And those having gold stored in other countries are having it “repatriated” with the clear strategy that their gold will help “jump start” their countries following a (planned) financial collapse. 

The false strategy is to re-start a failed financial model with a new Ghost Model that won’t work all over again.

Currently 40% of large corporate debt cannot be serviced from annual earning, this means, they are insolvent and on the verge of bankruptcy and their Stocks are worthless (hello Douche Bank and GM). 

This is a systemic result of Ghost Money reliance as a Debt Slavery Model.

So the economies of the World are essentially in a Horror House full of hatchet wieldings psychopaths all whacking each other for each other’s Ghost Money. 

And the historical hysterical solution has been to create a bloodbath war with the Top Gun raping and gathering in the spoils to again support their New Ghost Money control model system. Fiat financial collapse then perpetual wars, that is their solution.

The Bank for International Settlements: The Central Bank of Central Banks

Related: Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control

Now is that what you want your children and grandchildren to inherit? Should they be burdened and crippled by your Ghost Debt?

Here, have a student loan, a credit card, car loan, fraudulent mortgage, medical debt, insurance debt, taxes upon taxes, a negative interest note (currency) and live a life as an indebted slave to the 1%.  And if you don’t want that then THEY will find an excuse to exterminate you.

Do you want to continue to live in a Ghost House filled with financial vandals and the inevitable consequences of their failing financial Debt Slavery business model?

Is that what you want?  Or do you want to get out of the Horror House of Ghosts?

Your exit begins by realizing that “Paper is the Ghost of Money” and “Paper is Poverty”.

So - get out of that Ghost Paper!

Related: The Monetary System: Downward Slide Into Tyranny, Slavery, And Self-Destruction

In order to bring about change in any industry you first need to understand the business model that it is currently using primarily by studying the steps in the model’s start to conclusion of a transaction. 

If you can eliminate a step or shorten a step then you can easily conquer that market.  Amazon is an example of how to displace large department stores by just switching to online digital trading.

The old banking and finance industry model obviously takes too long to conclude a transaction and there is a cumbersome paper trail and regulations that have to be followed just to move money. 

So along come Crypto-Currencies that completely circumvent the old banking financial system with immediate transaction settlements which is faster and cheaper than the old system.

Ghost Digits

But the fundamental problem with digital currencies, like Bit Coin, is that they are Ghost Currencies having little or no real asset backing which is the same old fiat Ghost Money scam that the IMF and Central Banks are now promoting. 

That old model is a guaranteed failure based on systemic greed induced fraud and money laundering, lack of transparency or proper accounting, hacking and general lack of real collateral backing and consequent lack of investor trust. 

Simply it is the old Debt Slavery model with  a shiny new paint job.

Killer Bankers – Public Enemy #1

"The most hated sort [of moneymaking], and with the greatest reason, is usury, which makes a gain out of money itself, and not from the natural use of it.

For money was intended to be used in exchange, but not to increase at interest.

And this term usury which means the birth of money from money, is applied to the breeding of money, because the offspring resembles the parent. Wherefore of all modes of making money this is the most unnatural."

- Aristotle (384-322 BCE)

Related: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

There are now a few digital currencies that are backed by physical gold and that offer proper accounting, personal ownership, transparency and tradability into Bit Coin, but these platforms are generally small and without the international support networks needed to function as a major alternative option to securing wealth. 

This is a step in the right direction but the linking to Ghost Digits that have grossly inflated values basically leads to corruption abuses.
Current Ghost Digits are just another scam variation of the old Ponzi schemes of Ghost Money. It is faster and cheaper and is an alternative to fiat currencies but all of these digital offerings are higher risk scams at this time.

Burnt Ghost Money

The second thing you must understand the “You must spend of the Wealth with which you have been entrusted” (Sura Iron:7).

Wealth, whether Ghost Paper, hard assets, physical creations or even knowledge needs to be spent, rolled-over and shared if a society or individual is to advance. Hoarding and keeping wealth out of circulation is a detriment to all humanity.

The problem today is that the top 10% are making Ghost Money faster than they can spend it while at the same time there are fewer things that are available to buy as they already own 90% of the assets and corporations.  

Related: The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society

Mega-mergers and take-overs only consolidate more wealth. Thus the mounds of JUNK Ghost Paper pile up.

This “free money” is generated through low and even negative interest rates only available to FED and Central Banker’s “Buddies” through quantitative easing (QE’s) and REPO (Overnight Markets) discount windows

Currently the FED is pumping $ 100-$ 200 BILLION PER DAY to illiquid banks.

 This “free money” is further Burned through phony “unicorn scams” like Uber and other software solution providers who now are “cash-in” even before public listing. 

So if you want to be rich quick, follow the model above of eliminating or shortening a transaction completion time in any industry with a simple software solution and take your idea to Wall Street where you will find “cash rich” idiot investors ever-willing to “burn billions”.

Another example is Wall Street’s continued investment financing of “fracking” companies who have a long  history of losing money regardless of the current price of oil and gas.  

Related: Central Bank Issues Stunning Warning: "If The Entire System Collapses, Gold Will Be Needed To Start Over" & If You Borrow Money From The Bank, It Holds A Grip (‘Death Pledge’) Over You

This is a “failed industry” that burns investor cash by the millions per hole in the ground.  Oh, but this LOSS is a “tax write-off” of a bank’s investment subsidiary.  Burn baby BURN.

The FED and other (Rothchild’s) Central Banks are pouring fuel on this problem by giving away Ghost Money to Burn to their financial friends at “0%” or even “negative interest rates”.  

This is essentially “free money” that the gifted financial institutions immediately use to buy listed Stocks and derivatives.  This drives up Stock prices to all time highs and makes derivative bets sure winners in the racketeering casinos. 

The planned current illiquidity of large commercial banks being forced to resort to the REPO (Overnight Market) FED discount window is the result of JP Morgan Chase (Jamie Diamond) intentionally pulling out of the REPO Market as the principal Clearing Bank and the failing Bond Markets where junk bonds, negative interest bonds and US Treasuries are at near junk levels and thus are all being heavily discounted as fungible collateral that is put up for the “free money” scam in collusion with the FED.

Simply the current REPO scandal is contrived to scam the FED into creating more fiat Ghost Money for the major banks to burn in the rigged gambling casinos or in bubble investments.

Related: Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

Corporate commercial paper is also facing the same problem as about 40% of corporate debt cannot be covered by company earnings which will soon lead to major bankruptcies (GE, GM, etc.) and result in targeted corporate takeovers, mergers and bailouts. 

This is the plan to consolidate corporate control in the hands of the 1% who are the principal beneficiaries of the Money to Burn scam.

Dead Money

Dead Money is fungible assets that are currently “outside” the Western financial system. This includes cash, precious metals, gem stones, artworks and other real assets of value. 

Currently the largest hoard of such assets is in Asia and often in secured bunkers and vaults placed there by registered Depositors often belonging to ancient Dragon Family Clans and administered by their elected Trustees.

Some of this wealth has been used to form the Global Collateral Accounts which underwrite Western banking through gold deposits registered with the Bank of International Settlements, IMF / World Bank, the FED and other Central Banks

It is estimated that about 85% of the GCA’s assets were deposited by Asian Depositors.

Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

What is clearly not understood or acknowledged is the actual value of the stored wealth in Asia. 

The stored gold alone is currently measured in millions of metric tons versus only the thousands of tons registered as collateral in the Western financial system. 

And of course, the Western bankers do not want to allow these bars to be registered as it will cause a drop in the value of their gold holdings and wipe out their financial control model by making fiat currencies worthless and global financial control will shift from the West to the EAST.

This Dead Money is registered in ledgers of Depositors and their elected Trustees. 

The most notable of which are the bunkered assets stored in Indonesia prior to and following WW2 by various Family Depositors who unanimously elected President Soekarno as the principal Trustee, the Amanah, with absolute authority over these assets

President Soekarno subsequently appointed Elders as Trustees of individual bunkers to maintain the safekeeping of these assets, but without the authority to use or dispose of such assets as that authority remained with the elected Amanah. 

With the passing of President Soekarno there have been numerous unsuccessful attempts to install a new Amanah.  Some hopeful candidates failed to be unanimously elected. 

Some failed to pass the ritual initiations. Others died, went blind or went deaf so the position of the Amanah has remained vacant or has been illegally usurped by imposters like Ferdinand Marcos.

Related: The Global Collateral Accounts: Neil Keenan - History & Events Timeline

That situation was changed in 2018 when the Elders unanimously elected Mr. Neil Francis Keenan as the new Amanah and put him through the spiritual initiation ceremonies. 

Mr. Keenan successfully passed this initiation and was given President Soekarno’s Transfer of Power scepter and a signed contractual acknowledgment of his appointment as the duly authorized Amanah.

The significance of this appointment is that the Dead Money can now officially be released and used for global collateral and humanitarian purposes. 

The buried and bunkered assets can now be brought into the light of day, properly accounted and valued, re-stored as real fungible assets and then appropriately used for global investments for the benefit of mankind.

This is the Game Changer.

Fiat Ghost Money becomes worthless as collateral backed currencies are funded by the Amanah. This will be conditional based on proper and non-fraudulent banking practices. 

Simply, global finance will be “cleaned up” and good moral based banking practices will be installed and applied legally. 

This will, of course, alter the Debt Slavery model which will result in some conflicts with the 10%’ers as their ponzi schemes and elite advantages will be curtailed, but the rich will still be rich and the middle class will be financially re-invigorated by various new technology investments. 

Related: The Need for the Global Currency Reset

The systemic corrupt Top will be cleansed and that will trickle down through the whole pyramid.  Financial vandalism will be curtailed and corporate privileges will be altered so that bankruptcy will no longer be an easy way out, especially for executives. 

De-Dollarization will continue as the global reserve privilege will continue to be eroded as countries repatriate or buy gold to collateralize their currency issues. 

Faith in the value of money will be restored. Negative interest rate will be abolished. No more financial “Tricks and Treats” for the elite.

What I foresee is a new global gold/asset backed crypto-currency that is secure, transparent and transferable into any asset-backed properly audited national currency. 

The global crypto-currency model is maturing but still needs a proper transparent backbone which can be funded when this stash of Dead Money is brought back to life. There will be no crypto-tokens as they are not needed.

Related: Fed's Kashkari Says It's Time For The Federal Reserve To Start Redistributing Wealth

That is what is on the horizon and is an option that allows for the proper realignment of global finance away from the satanic Debt Slavery fraudulent model to a new asset-backed model that brings real value and thus faith back into the financial system.

When Dead Money is resurrected from the dead, the global financial system will change. 

That is the transition that is coming. Ghost and Burnt Money will simply disappear. Gambling casinos will close. Things will become “real” again. Watch for the changes.

Remember:  “He who has the gold, has the rule.”  Mr. Amanah.

Related Articles:

Hugo Salinas Price Explains That It Is the International Bankers Who Rule Us

NZ-Born Banker Admits Pocketing $70m in Bribes

The Greatest Swindle In American History... And How They'll Try It Again Soon

Vladimir Putin Sums Up The New World Order In 5 Words

Change at the ECB - €3 trillion of ECB currency printed: No real prosperity is created - Propping up an insolvent financial system (Fiat currencies always die)

Reserve Bank supports Sustainable Finance Forum’s interim report release

Strong public preference for cards and electronic payments quantified

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How Facebook Has Become The Strategic Media Mouthpiece For The Global Elite & The Impact Of Social Media On Young People's Mental Health
December 4 2019 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Zerohedge / Various

It’s not clear whether Facebook was truly conceived by an innocent genius with noble intent, but one fact has become abundantly clear: Facebook is now a mouthpiece and tool for the proliferation of mainstream perception.

This is specifically designed to enrich the global elite and continue to disenfranchise ordinary citizens and any attempts to bring important truths to light that would threaten the elite.

Related: Facebook’s Death Count Grows

And, of course, Mark Zuckerberg is now a ‘junior partner’ in this global elite.

The episode of the Jimmy Dore show found in the video below, which is worth watching to get the full context of the discussion, introduces whistleblower Vikram Kumar, a former promoter of third-party videos on Facebook. 

Dore brings interesting insights into Facebook’s latest strategies in terms of controlling the news commentary.

In Brief:

The Facts:
Facebook has made deals with mainstream media outlets to pay for their news content, further turning Facebook from a neutral social media platform into a conglomerate that supports a political bias and the agenda of the global elite.

Reflect On: What can conscious media outlets do to overcome growing censorship and mainstream bias from the big tech companies and ensure that you continue to get neutral, agenda-free news coverage and commentary on the issues of the day?

He explains how Facebook is proliferating the establishment’s narrative while limiting and blocking alternative voices which, of course, Facebook characterizes as ‘Fake News’.

Related: “God-Like” Google Has Been “Weaponized” For Political Purposes & Experts From UK Take A Look At US Social Media

Here, Kumar discusses Mark Zuckerberg’s testimony in Congress to this effect:

"Back in 2017 there was that TechCrunch report that said that Facebook was taking measures to stop the spread of ‘Fake News’ by banning certain political accounts from promoting their videos on their newsfeed.

So when I heard Mark Zuckerberg in 2018 telling Congress that he would be doing the same thing, I thought, what changed between 2017 and 2018?

Are they taking new measures, are they re-taking the measures? 

And it wasn’t until a week later that I realized that Variety Magazine reported that Facebook Watch, which is Facebook’s media platform, had reached a multi-million dollar deal with CNN, Fox News, ABC, and large media outlets."

The congressional testimony was the perfect opportunity for the political establishment, the media establishment, and the tech companies to form an alliance against small media outlets.

Returning Media To The Global Elite’s Control

The process of bringing fundamentally liberating technologies like social media under control has been a difficult process, but the global elite seems to feel they are getting a handle on it.

Since the big media giants Google, Facebook, Youtube and others are now strictly following the global elite playbook, with special algorithms and thinly-veiled censorship strategies, the process of promoting the elite agenda while suppressing dissenting voices is in full swing.

Related: Sharyl Attkisson: How Media Narratives Became More Important Than Facts & Every Nation Must Declare War Against Big Tech

One of the biggest issues to remedy was the lack of viewership that traditional mainstream media was getting from young people, which is really the target market not only for advertisers but the social engineering wing of the global elite as well. Here’s how Kumar describes it:

"As you know, young people, they don’t watch cable… the viewership of Fox News, CNN, and ABC are dying off, they’re getting older and older, and so what Facebook is, is access to young people, right, and so they viewed small anti-establishment media outlets such as yourself as an existential threat to their next generation of revenue.

Tech companies view media companies extremely valuably, you could go back to 1996, there was that merger between Microsoft, General Electric and NBC to create MSNBC.com.

A lot of people don’t know that the ‘MS’ in MSNBC stands for Microsoft, and the reason why media companies and tech companies are so intertwined with each other is ’cause you can influence young people so much when you have the distribution network of something like Facebook, and with Facebook Watch, and their media platform, and their deal with CNN, Fox News, and ABC, they’re able to indoctrinate the next generation of young people.

And so they want to take viewership away from shows like yours, and put those young people that haven’t been paying attention with cable news back into the pockets of companies like Fox News, ABC, and CNN.

Every media company wants some of that Facebook Watch dough. And so the companies that have coverage that Facebook doesn’t like are out of there, and new companies that have coverage that Facebook likes are back into the deal.

And so Facebook is already taking steps to craft the political landscape in the framing that they find positively.

And so you get that whole thing where Facebook shuts down over 800 political pages and accounts, and even legitimate political pages that expose things like police brutality… you’re already seeing a coordinated effort from the establishment media and tech companies to kind of craft the narrative for young people."

This is how that Variety Magazine article Kumar talked about characterizes the deal between Facebook and Mainstream Media:

"After going through the fake-news wringer, Facebook is shelling out money on original news content.

The strategy is partly aimed at driving up viewing on its Facebook Watch platform - but it also is supposed to demonstrate the social-media giant’s commitment to funding trustworthy journalism."

A corporate conglomerate now giving itself the authority to judge what is and isn’t trustworthy journalism. What could possibly go wrong?

Google Whistleblower Exposes What Google is Really Up To

Join us for a 3-part series exclusive interview with Google whistleblower and insider Zach Vorhies. Zach doesn't hold back and his info is mind-blowing! Learn all about what Google is really doing, how they are doing it and to what end. You'll never look (or use) Google in the same way again!

Related: Part II: Google Empire Agenda

Is Facebook Still Just A Tech Company?

The slippery slope that Facebook is trying to anchor itself to is as clear as the nose on Mark Zuckerberg’s face. 

He continues to want us to think about Facebook as a social media platform whose objective is still ‘to make the world more open and connected,’ yet at the same time he wants Facebook to become the prime arbiter of the ‘news that is fit to print,’ or in this case, to decide which sources of news will benefit and not benefit from Facebook’s tremendous reach.

The same Variety article reinforces the idea that Facebook is trying to have things both ways, gaining the advantages of defining itself as a tech company, and not taking on the liabilities inherent in being a media company:

"In the past, CEO Mark Zuckerberg has remarked that Facebook is a technology company - not a media company.

Asked whether Facebook is now in fact a media company, given that it’s paying for a growing slate of content, Brown responded, “Having worked for big media companies, I don’t think Facebook is a media company. But are we responsible for the media on Facebook? Yes."

The fact is that we have entered into somewhat uncharted territory in terms of what defines a media company since the rise of the Internet.

Related: Google, Facebook And Amazon Are Just Extensions Of The Surveillance State; Dangerous Mafia Heads Of A Fascist Corporate Regime + Internal Facebook Documents Reveal Zuckerberg Discussed Selling User Data To Developers, Advertisers

We can only hope that we will collectively awaken to the fact that Facebook has clearly gone beyond being a platform that provides equal access to all voices and commentaries, and has given in to the temptation to control the flow and proliferation of information. As this Wired article starts off;

"FACEBOOK STEADFASTLY RESISTS categorization as a traditional media company.

Instead, CEO Mark Zuckerberg insists on calling the social network a technology platform - even though nearly half of all American adults get their news on Facebook.

These old arguments no longer work, especially as Facebook starts making its own video content.

It is incumbent upon the awakening community to clearly grasp what is happening here and to act accordingly in terms of our future engagement with social media sites like Facebook.

It is important to see how Bill Clinton’s Telecommunications Act of 1996, which allowed media cross-ownership that led to mergers between tech companies and media companies, was a seed that has already started to bear the fruit of an Orwellian dystopia, where the global elite are permitted to continue to proliferate mainstream propaganda and limit exposure to alternative views that are a threat to their agenda.

Related: Social Media Censorship Reaches New Heights as Twitter Permanently Bans Dissent

The Takeaway

Conscious media outlets, like us here at Collective Evolution, are in the crosshairs of the recent efforts on the part of Facebook and other large media conglomerates to selectively control the proliferation of information.

Our best hope in these times is that the awakening community makes deliberate choices in terms of which sources to tune in to

While the global elite may have the power, the wealth, and the technology, they are still pushing an agenda, which to discerning minds looks and sounds very different from the unbiased truth.

Our hope is that a growing number of people are seeing through the agenda of the global elite enough to be motivated to ensure that conscious media survives, and then thrives.

One of the future goals of our Conscious Media Movement campaign is to strengthen an alliance between ourselves and other conscious media outlets and work together to find ways we can amplify the voice of truth and neutrality.

Related Articles:

The first cyberattack took place nearly 200 years ago in France

We Need to Talk About Search

EV Makers Face One Major Problem

Porsche's 750 HP Tesla-Killer Has Landed... And Elon Is Getting Nervous

House Panel Requests Documents From Facebook, Google, Amazon, Apple in Probe

Final Report From House Antitrust Probe Into Big Tech Expected by ‘First Part’ of 2020

Congressman Confronts Zuckerberg About Censoring Information About Vaccine Safety

YouTube Removes 17,000 Channels, 100,000 Videos, 500 Million Comments for “Hate Speech”

Congressional Candidate Laura Loomer Vows to Jail Jack Dorsey, Mark Zuckerberg for Committing Perjury

Always Working Hard To Control Your Mind

Zuckerberg Tells Congress How Facebook Censors Vaccine Safety

Dr. Mercola videos are now on Brighteon.com; Mercola unleashes damning video exposing Google’s racketeering and anti-trust fraud against health publishers

Why the World Needs a Google Detox

Google Whistleblower Zach Vorhies Speaks Out

How Google Interferes With Its Search Algorithms And Changes Your Results, Bombshell WSJ Report

NortonLifeLock Algorithm Exposes 1000+ Creepware Apps

Tech giants now memory holing facts they want to erase from your consciousness

Google is a direct threat to human freedom, and it must be dismantled or we will be forever enslaved

The Impact Of Social Media On Young People's Mental Health

Is the end of the "like" coming? According to TechCrunch, based on the findings of researcher Jane Manchun Wong, Facebook is currently carrying out tests to reveal only a limited number of likes on a post.

The social networking giant is currently conducting the same type of experiment in seven countries on its Instagram app.

Related: Photographer removes our smartphones to show our strange and lonely new world

What is the reason for this?

To reduce the feeling of permanent competition and social pressure. As Statista's Martin Armstrong points out, recent research has shown, this decision could be particularly beneficial for the mental health of young people.

Based on the results of a survey of 1,479 people aged 14 to 24 years by the UK's Royal Society for Public Health, the top 5 social networks have been ranked according to their impact on mental health.

It emerges that Instagram is the social media platform with the most negative effect on the psychological state of young people.

You will find more infographics at Statista

Related: Wikipedia Ex-Founder Seeks to Build Massive Decentralized Knowledge Database

On the other side, YouTube is considered to be the most positive network in this area and the only one in the research considered to have a 'net positive' influence.

To establish this ranking, 14 factors were taken into account such as anxiety, depression, loneliness, self-image, harassment, and the opportunity to express oneself.

Related Articles:

The NSA is archiving all encrypted emails and transactions, knowing they will be able to decrypt most digital files in about 3 years, thanks to quantum computing

It's Here: D-Wave announces 2048-qubit quantum computing system, theoretically capable of breaking all classical encryption, including military-grade

Why Google’s “quantum supremacy” means the end of encryption security for cryptocurrency, military, finance and personal communications

No More Secrets – Google achieves “quantum supremacy” that will soon render all cryptocurrency breakable, all military secrets revealed

Microsoft chief Brad Smith says rise of killer robots is 'unstoppable'

AI Expert Says We Are Summoning Robot “Entities” Who Will Treat Us Like Ants

Hundreds of Non-recyclable Wind Turbine Blades to be Buried in Landfill

How Big Tech Smeared Brett Kavanaugh and Protected Jeffrey Epstein

Four and Counting: Berkeley Passes Facial Recognition Ban

Government Scrutiny Increases

Students Ditch Their Phones For a Week, Report Feeling Happier & More Refreshed

Rob Schneider Slams Big Tech Censorship, Defends Free Speech & Medical Freedom

The Problem of Wikipedia

Liberal neo-Marxist Wikipedia as demonizing Propaganda

DECLAS: Social Media Nukes An Entire Generation - But Why?

Google, YouTube, Twitter, Facebook, Comcast, Instagram Suffer Devastating Outages As Trump Goes To War With Big Tech’s Malicious Censorship And Fraud & "Wikipedia Is Broken," Controlled By Special Interests & Bad Actors Says Co-Founder

Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

Google's Digital Book Burn: Alternative Medicine Content Now Vanishingly Rare, Despite 1 Billion Health Searches a Day

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Secret Societies Revisited
December 3 2019 | From: NoMoreFakeNews

As many of my readers know, I wrote a book called The Secret Behind Secret Societies. This article adds a few pieces to the puzzle.

Bilderberg Group, CFR, Trilateral Commission - I called these and other such groups Architects of Reality. Among their actions, they try to build our perception of the world.

Related: We Are Surrounded By Masonic Symbols: How Modern Logos Are Linked To Secret Societies

What is that perception? It’s an endless string of crises and half-hearted resolutions - that’s how we’re supposed to see things. We’re not supposed to see what actually works about the world.

Because what works is freedom and everything that flows from that.

In other words, secret societies are trying to bury the idea of freedom under an ongoing process of manufacturing desperate situations that can only be dealt with by large organizations - governments and so-called public interest groups.

“The group will solve everything.”

“The individual is too weak.”

“Freedom of the individual is passe, because only large groups can influence the course of events.”

With an estimated 40-60 million people in the US taking tranquilizers every year, it appears this program is working.

One chronic user frankly told me, “I can’t deal with reality anymore. Unless it’s a chemical reality.”

Related: Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

Over the years, I’ve spoken with a number of teachers in the US. They tell me the areas variously known as Civics, Social Studies, and Government no longer place emphasis on the individual or individual freedom. Instead, it’s all about “group rights” and “victims.”

So again, the agenda of burying freedom is working.

In 1776, the Illuminati was announced as an operating society in Europe. The most important political tenet of this group was the abolition of private property - and that principle can be historically traced all the way down to the formation of the USSR.

And beyond.

These days, private property is under attack, albeit in a “softer” manner. It, too, is a concept no longer given emphasis in our schools - and when you de-link private property from the individual, you are attacking a significant aspect of what freedom translates into, in everyday life.

An American Studies professor at a prominent Northeastern university told me, off the record, because he was afraid he might lose his job if he went public;

“Political and economic crises are being manufactured all the time.

It’s basically psychological warfare, because one feels these endless crises can’t be solved. People just give up. And when they do, who do they turn to? Government.

Related: State Control: The Government Of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern Is Shaping Up To Be One Of The Most Controlling In New Zealand’sHistory

Government will handle things. That’s a sign that freedom is no longer a priority. It’s going into the dustbin of history.”

He was suggesting that, in wider and wider circles, freedom is no longer considered a solution to any serious problem. And since we seem to be awash in a sea of problems, freedom goes on the shelf.

As I’ve been writing for years, creative power of the individual is the prow of the ship of our society. Great innovators are the people who keep us moving into the future.

Well, if the legs are being cut out from under freedom, we will be seeing fewer and fewer of these innovators. As has been pointed out, we will be “naturally selecting” away from those people and toward groups.

This is no accident. This is an agenda. To say the loss of freedom is simply a trend overlooks the keynote of coming global government and management it is groups, not individuals, who have access to larger and larger structures that run our affairs.

One small example: 90 years ago, the rise of labor unions was achieved through legislation passed by the federal government. In other words, government would protect the right of employees to organize and bargain with management.

Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

But now we have public unions - government employees who bargain with “themselves.” It’s an absurdity. The real purpose is to expand the size of government by making its jobs more attractive and intractable.

In our schools, children are being taught to think of themselves in terms of a group identity. To what group do you belong? What are the problems of your group? What are your group’s grievances? How is your group being mistreated? What does your group need?

Is this development an accident? Did it happen by chance?

It’s on the agenda of legislated equality, which replaces the idea of equal opportunity to succeed. Legislated equality supposes that, instead of freedom, we will have group rights and group privileges.

This leads to the development of “positioning” - a hierarchy of groups who have assigned degrees of power - in hopes that the notion of the individual will disappear.

The individual will be placed in a context, will be given what he “deserves,” will occupy a place in life that is suitable for the benefit of overall society.

Related: The Individual Versus Globalism

Adam Weishaupt, the founder of the Illuminati, stated: “It was the full conviction of this, and what could be done, if every man were placed in the office for which he was fitted by nature and a proper education, which first suggested to me the plan of Illumination.”

Earlier, in 1755, a Frenchman known only as Morelly (possibly a pseudonym), wrote a treatise called Code of Nature. In it, he spells out what “fitting into society” means for those who oppose individual freedom:

I. Nothing in society will belong to anyone, either as a personal possession or as capital goods, except the things for which the person has immediate use, for either his needs, his pleasures, or his daily work.

II. Every citizen will be a public man, sustained by, supported by, and occupied at the public expense.

III. Every citizen will make his particular contribution to the activities of the community according to his capacity, his talent and his age; it is on this basis that his duties will be determined, in conformity with the distributive laws.

Today, we are moving in this direction. A pseudo “share-and-care” philosophy, that claims to be the ultimate in humane concern, wants to “distribute” individuals within the fabric of society, in order to achieve “a better world for all."

These days, instead of brusquely elevating society beyond the scope of the individual, the agenda works by tapping into empathic and sympathetic emotions - using others’ suffering as the tool by which people can be turned to “help everyone.”

Related: A Conversation On Race, Identity Politics And Slavery

But what slips under the radar of this program is the institutionalizing of aid out along broad political and economic platforms that change the nature of society in its official functions.

Society, in other words, in the person (or non-person) of government, takes in order to give. Takes more to give more. A great leveling, which in essence ranks the free individual at the bottom of the ladder.

Nothing appears to be lost in this effort, if people have already forgotten what the free individual means and is.

Related Articles:

Startling Evidence Indicates Funded Propaganda Campaign Responsible For War On Fake News

The Occult Definition Of Convict And The Hidden Role Of Judges

Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean + It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

Strawman - The Nature Of The Cage

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
A Nazi In The (Pocket) Is Worth Four In The Bush (Family)
December 2 2019 | From: IlluminatiNews / Various

The Nazi’s American Banker: What is interesting about the history of the Bush family are the connections: Avril Harriman, Allen Dulles, the Rockefellers (the start of the oil connection), James Baker III, Gulf Oil, Pennzoil, Osama bin Laden… on and on it goes.

A lapse of memory? It’s as well to remember that the Web never forgets, at least Bush should have taken note of this fact and been careful of his utterances and how they can come back to haunt them.  

Related: Secrets of the 3rd Reich

In fact four generations of Bush family history and too many skeletons in too many closets to count are to be found on the Web.

[Comment: This article was written around sixteen years ago. Some references are dated but the history remains.]

And given all the ‘pullpit pounding’ (more of which below) by ol’ Duyba and his minions, over the dubious moral character of Saddam and his cronies, much of which has underpinned the justification for the invasion and occupation of Iraq, it’s as well to compare the two sets of rogues.

Not surprisingly, there’s little to choose between the two except that, in the case of the Bush gang, they have a ‘pedigree’ in perfidy which extends back almost a century and four generations that makes Saddam look positively angelic by comparison.

Part I: Prescott Bush – Setting a Family Example

In a previous piece a quote I used mentioned Prescott Bush the grandpa so I decided to do a little researching to see what other dirty little secrets the Bush family have hidden in the dark recesses of the WWW and lo and behold, there’s a load of stuff out there (7,630 links to be precise, according to google just on granpa Prescott Bush).


It’s 1918 and, well you know students, they’re always up to innocent pranks. It seems Grandpa Bush set his grandson some fine family precedents starting with digging up Geronimo’s skull.

"In 1918, Prescott Bush and two companions crept into the cemetery near Fort Sill and pried open the grave of Geronimo. The head was taken out, spiffed up and forwarded to New Haven, where it was given pride of place for goofy rituals that have been attended by generations of Bushes and a veritable army of powerful types."

- Post Gazette

The Apache nation (what was left of it anyway) was not amused. Okay, we’ll forgive granpa Bush his ‘juvenile pranks’ but it seems that this set the scene for the rest of his miserable life until his death in 1972 from carcinoma of the lung.

From Skulls to Zyklon B (And Back Again)

But it seems that great-granpa George Walker was also in on the business of making money out of death (like great-granpa like great grand-son);

Related: The Deep State: It Is War, Not Peace That Pays

"George Walker, GW’s great-grandfather, also set up the takeover of the Hamburg-America Line, a cover for I.G. Farben’s Nazi espionage unit in the United States.

In Germany, I.G. Farben was most famous for putting the gas in gas chambers; it was the producer of Zyklon B and other gasses used on victims of the Holocaust.

The Bush family was not unaware of the nature of their investment partners.

They hired Allen Dulles, the future head of the CIA, to hide the funds they were making from Nazi investments and the funds they were sending to Nazi Germany, rather than divest."

- Disinfo

Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World: 09. The Order / Skull and Bones / Chapter 322

Banking on Fascism

It just doesn’t stop does it, as Prescott Bush, son of George continued in the ‘grand tradition’ of skullduggery by also doing deals with the Nazis:

"On October 20, 1942, the US Alien Property Custodian, under the "Trading With the Enemy Act," seized the shares of the Union Banking Corporation (UBC), of which Prescott Bush was a director and shareholder.

The largest shareholder was E. Roland Harriman. (Bush was also the managing partner of Brown Brothers Harriman, a leading Wall Street investment firm.)

"The UBC was established to send American capital to Germany to finance the reorganization of its industry under the Nazis. Their leading German partner was the notorious Nazi industrialist Fritz Thyssen, who wrote a book admitting much of this called "I Paid Hitler."

"Among the companies financed was the Silesian-American Corporation, which was also managed by Prescott Bush, and by his father-in-law George Herbert Walker, who supplied Dub-a-Ya with his name.

The company was vital in supplying coal to the Nazi war industry. It too was seized as a Nazi-front on November 17, 1942. The largest company Bush’s UBC helped finance was the German Steel Trust, responsible for between one-third and one-half of Nazi iron and explosives.

"Prescott Bush was also a director of the Harriman Fifteen Corporation, (this one owned largely by Roland’s brother, Averell Harriman), which owned about a third of the Consolidated Silesian Steel Corporation, the rest owned by Friedrich Flick, (a member of Himmler’s "Circle of Friends" who donated to the S.S.)."

- IPDallas

What is interesting about the history of the Bush family are the connections; Avril Harriman, Allen Dulles, the Rockefellers (the start of the oil connection), James Baker III, Gulf Oil, Pennzoil, Osama bin Laden… on and on it goes. It looks like this’ll have to be part one of an on-going series on the Bush dynasty and their dirty dealings.

Related: World War II: The Unknown War

Double Dutch?

The story of steel magnate and billionaire bankroller of the Nazis, Fritz Thyssen and his Bush family connection is so incredible, that it deserves to be turned into a movie (obviously not by Hollywood).

It all starts with John Loftus, a former U.S.Department of Justice Nazi War Crimes prosecutor who is the source of the following,

"From 1945 until 1949, one of the lengthiest and, it now appears, most futile interrogations of a Nazi war crimes suspect began in the American Zone of Occupied Germany…. [The interrogation of] [m]ultibillionaire steel magnate Fritz Thyssen-the man whose steel combine was the cold heart of the Nazi war machine."

They were trying to find out what had happened to Thyssen’s billions but without success. Why?

"What the Allied investigators never understood was that they were not asking Thyssen the right question. Thyssen did not need any foreign bank accounts because his family secretly owned an entire chain of banks.

He did not have to transfer his Nazi assets at the end of World War II, all he had to do was transfer the ownership documents – stocks, bonds, deeds and trusts – from his bank in Berlin through his bank in Holland to his American friends in New York City, Prescott Bush and Herbert Walker.

Thyssen’s partners in crime were the father and father-in-law of a future President of the United States [my emph. WB].

"The British and American interrogators may have gravely underestimated Thyssen but they nonetheless knew they were being lied to. Their suspicions focused on one Dutch Bank in particular, the Bank voor Handel enScheepvaart, in Rotterdam.

This bank did a lot of business with the Thyssens over the years. In 1923, as a favor to him, the Rotterdam bank loaned the money to build the very first Nazi party headquarters in Munich.

"If the investigators realized that the US intelligence chief in postwar Germany, Allen Dulles, was also the Rotterdam bank’s lawyer, they might have asked some very interesting questions. They did not know that Thyssen was Dulles’ client [my emph. WB] as well.

Nor did they ever realize that it was Allen Dulles’s other client, Baron Kurt Von Schroeder who was the Nazi trustee for the Thyssen companies which now claimed to be owned by the Dutch [my emph. WB]. The Rotterdam Bank was at the heart of Dulles’ cloaking scheme, and he guarded its secrets jealously…

"[T]he Dutch connection remained unexplored until 1994 when I published the book "The Secret War Against the Jews." As a matter of historical curiosity, I mentioned that Fritz Thyssen (and indirectly, the Nazi Party) had obtained their early financing from Brown Brothers Harriman, and its affiliate, the Union Banking Corporation.

Union Bank, in turn, was the Bush family’s holding company for a number of other entities, including the "Holland American Trading Company."

- Baltech

There are so many twists and turns to this story, that this is not the place to to go into all the labyrinthine links between the Nazis, the Bush Family and the CIA (via Allen Dulles) or indeed, a host of other corporate connections.

Related: Their Royal Heilnesses - Secret 1933 Film Shows Edward VIII Teaching This Nazi Salute To The Queen

But this final quote from the same source, gives you an idea of just how much money is involved;

"The enormous sums of money deposited into the Union Bank prior to 1942 is the best evidence that Prescott Bush knowingly served as a money launderer for the Nazis.

Remember that Union Banks’ books and accounts were frozen by the U.S. Alien Property Custodian in 1942 and not released back to the Bush family until 1951.

At that time, Union Bank shares representing hundreds of millions of dollars worth of industrial stocks and bonds were unblocked for distribution. Did the Bush family really believe that such enormous sums came from Dutch enterprises?

One could sell tulip bulbs and wooden shoes for centuries and not achieve those sums. A fortune this size could only have come from the Thyssen profits made from rearming the Third Reich, and then hidden, first from the Nazi tax auditors, and then from the Allies."

For the full story please go to the link above.

Crocodile Tears

All of which makes the following quote from Dubya all the more sickening:

"In April 1999, [then] Texas Governor George W. Bush proclaimed a week of remembrance for the Holocaust. He said, "I urge Texans to never forget the inhumanity of those who perpetrated the Holocaust, and reflect upon our own humanity and our responsibility to respect all peoples."

- Disinfo

Like granpa like grand-son? Well given where Dubya got his money from, and his continuing in the ‘grand tradition of the Bush gang, I’m feeling quite biblical about things.

I know there will be some among you who think I’ve just got it in for the Bushes, so in my wanderings over the Web, I came across this little gem from TownHall.com.

Duty, Honor, Country: The Life and Legacy of Prescott Bush, by Mickey Herskowitz

Related: US War On ISIS Is The Biggest Lie Since The 2003 Iraq Invasion: Here’s The Proof

This paean to the life of Prescott Bush, by a conservative writer is a salutory warning to us all. I quote,

"He [Prescott Bush] was a unifier, not a divider. And he was of such high integrity [sic] that behind the scenes was where he was at his best. He was a man of great faith.

His grandfather was a minister whose faith and integrity were fully ingrained in the Bush family. Prescott always emphasized honesty, charity, fairness and proactive dedication to God, family and country."

- From a review by Susan Kurz

I could go on quoting, but I’m afraid I’ll throw up. Check it out for yourself at TownHall.com.

There’s none so blind as those that refuse to see.

From Eugenicist to Anti-Abortionist

Not content with digging up the ancestors, supporting Fascism, laundering Nazi money through a Dutch-based bank, selling weapons to the mullahs of Iran, trading guns for drugs, doing business deals with Osama bin Laden, the Bush family in the form of ol’ granpa Prescott was an early supporter of the Eugenics movement (or racial purity, to give it its real name).

And a rather embarassing connection it is too, as Bush Senior discovered:

"…And the Birth Control League was there, which had long trumpeted the need for eugenical births–fewer births for parents with "inferior" bloodlines. Prescott [Bush’s] partner Tighe was a Connecticut director of the league, and the Connecticut league’s medical advisor was eugenics advocate Dr. Winternitz of Yale Medical School.

Now in 1950, people who knew something about Prescott Bush knew that he had very unsavory roots in the eugenics movement. There were then, just after the anti-Hitler war, few open advocates of sterilization of "unfit" or "unnecessary" people. (That would be revived later, with the help of General Draper and his friend George Bush.

Then, very late in the 1950 senatorial campaign, Prescott Bush was publicly exposed for being an activist in that section of the old fascist eugenics movement.

Prescott Bush lost the election by about 1,000 out of 862,000 votes

In his foreword to a population control propaganda book, George Bush wrote about that 1950 election: "My own first awareness of birth control as a public policy issue came with a jolt in 1950 when my father was running for United States Senate in Connecticut.

Drew Pearson, on the Sunday before Election day, ‘revealed’ that my father was involved with Planned Parenthood…. Many political observers felt a sufficient number of voters were swayed by his alleged contacts with the birth controllers to cost him the election…."

- From Geocities

The Bush story is such a fascinating history of capitalist corruption and power that it needs to be presented to a public that is consistently lied to, not only by the corporate media but by our so-called leaders.

Related: The History And Mission Of The Nazi-Illuminati Bush (Scher(f)f) Crime Family

In Part Two, I’m going to give you the low-down on the Bush family’s involvement in the scams and dealings of the Reagan years, the Iran-Contra scandal and one of the biggest rip-offs in history, the savings and loan scandal, which cost the US taxpayer literally trillions of dollars. Yeah, you read right, trillions!

Part II: "Frauds-R-Us"

"You can fool some of the people all of the time, and those are the ones you have to focus on."

- G.W. Bush

"You have to look at the entire Bush Family in this context -- as if the family ran a corporation called ‘Frauds-R-Us.’ George Jr.’s specialty was insurance and security fraud. Jeb’s specialty was oil and gas fraud. Neil’s specialty was real estate fraud. Prescott’s specialty was banking fraud. And George Sr.’s specialty? All of the above."

- Lt. Cmdr. Al Martin, US Navy (Ret)

"While opportunism isn’t new in U.S. politics, never did so many in one family extract so many dollars from taxpayers as when George Bush senior was president a decade ago"

- David E. Scheim, author of Contract on America

"What you’ve got with Bush [George senior] is absolutely the largest number of siblings and children involved in what looks like a never-ending hustle."

- Republican pundit Kevin Philips

"Texas businessmen [are] not crooks, "they just have an over-developed sense of the extenuating circumstance."

- Molly Ivins

Just Too Many Jinks, Links

I started this second part with the objective of extending the dossier on the Bush Gang, but I quickly realised that short of writing a (very long) book, I’d never be able to encapsulate all of it in the easy-to-digest form of an essay, hence the external pages, so that if you want to pursue a particular character or company, all you need do is click on a particular link.

Prescott Bush, The Nazi American Banker

Related: George W. Bush Bashes Cheney, Rumsfeld: ‘They Didn’t Make One F****** Decision’

You'll find that many of the names and companies are cross-linked, pointing to the intricate network of associates that the Bush clan have built up over the years.

No doubt if one were to do the same thing with Rockefeller, you'd end up with the same rats nest of associations (pun intended).

Gangster Capitalism

And in any case, the critical issue is not so much the individual goings-on of these ne’er do wells, but that they are typical of a system, which since its foundation (one built on slavery, genocide, continental land theft and gangster capitalism) has utterly corrupt institutions which it nevertheless claims make it the bastion of the ‘free world’!

As the saying goes, they have ‘no shame’.

Hear No Evil, See No Evil, Speak No Evil

The other really important question to ask is how can one family which has so many skeletons in the family closet, get away with such dirty dealings and over such a long period of time without being called to task?

It’s as if the mass media goes deaf, dumb and blind when the name Bush comes up.

For no matter what your politics are, left, right or indifferent, a family which has its fingers in so many dirty dealings has surely got to get you thinking about exactly what kind of country it is you live in (if you’re an American) and what kind of world is it that’s dominated by a country with a media (not to mention a legal system) that’s quite content not to challenge its president or his lying, thiefing family and their tenticular network of associations which includes:

The Mafia, the Chinese Communist Party, Japanese Triads, the Vatican, Central American drug smugglers and gun runners, international arms dealers, the Ayotollah Khomeini (RIP), Cuban-American terrorists, money laundering, illegal arms sales, countless conflicts of interests, nepotism, coverups, tax avoidance, SEC fiddles and banking scams?

A veritable ‘school for scoundrels’.

Related: In Memoriam: George H. Scherff Jr. aka George HW Bush Sr.

The fact that this litany of evil is effectively left unscrutinised and unquestioned by the dominant media, or, on the few occasions when it is mentioned, it’s only ‘in passing’, reveals the cynical, opportunistic attitude toward not only the concept of access to information, but acting on it.

The system also makes a complete mockery of the so-called moral approach used by the leaders of the ‘free world’ when they accuse others of the same behaviour.

Is it any wonder that we have populations who have ‘dropped out’ of the political process. Where is the accountability? Where indeed?

It’s a Shell Game

In recent years the problem has been excerbated by the ‘gutting’ of the government through wholesale deregulation and privatisation, which has enabled those with the ‘right’ connections to gain access to vast gobs of money in the form of subsidies and lucrative contracts (eg Marvin Bush’s Ignite corporation, or the Kuwaiti Harken Oil deals, Choicepoint’s Homeland Security contracts and the software company it uses, Sybase Inc which has Bush family connections).

The effect has been to turn various and sundry government agencies into hollow shells. Companies can then effectively write themselves blank cheques or simply ignore the toothless edicts issued by the regulators (eg the SEC over the Silverado S&L scandal).

Related: How The Nazi’s Won WWII And Are Running The USA

Assault on Liberty

The assault on the rights of citizens, won at great cost and over generations of struggle, has since the 1970s, been steadily eroded to the point that we are now left with a façade of the original, a cardboard mockup that has all the appearances democracy, civil rights and so forth but virtually no substance. Our cynical leaders would have us believe that:

"Failure to vote, as Britain’s Chancellor remarked after the last UK election, is the mark of the satisfied citizen."

- Perry Anderson

Satisfied or cynical? Or perhaps fatalistic about a system which has systematically encouraged its citizens to disenfranchise themselves?

Ultimately of course, it exposes the real nature of the political class and who it really serves – the rich and powerful and their utter disdain for those without any real power.

With ‘elections’ being reduced to no more than tokenised democracy (only about a quarter of the electorate actually bother to vote in US national elections and a fraction more in the UK), it’s no surprise that firstly, there is no genuine representation ‘of the people, for the people, by the people’, but just as importantly, the total lack of representation or accountability encourages an arrogance and bravado on the part of the power elite that they can get away with anything, because they we let them (and they do)!

Related: Exposed: The Nazi Roots Of The European Union

The 4th Estate – Absentee Landlords

A comparable process is at work in the ‘4th Estate’ who have reduced journalism (when they bother to actually cover the real stories) to another hollow shell, where the act of merely reporting is now considered sufficient to fulfill their obligations as ‘watchdogs’ of the nation’s affairs.

The thought of actually leading with a story, and pursuing it, day after day, until someone actually takes notice and says, ‘enough is enough’ is simply not permitted because the same corporations that own the media are also part and parcel of the same power elite that’s busy ripping off the nation and holding the world to ransom.

Par For the Course

Forget ‘Dynasty’, although maybe they got the idea for the programme from the Bush posse. Staggering, is all I can say about the Bush family saga.

Yet actually it’s par for the course as they say and not at all exceptional in the annals of the US power elite.

The history of US capitalism is made up of family dynasties of one kind or another, from the robber barons of the Du Ponts, Mellons, Morgans, Rockefellers, Carnegies and Kennedys, through to the newcomers like Enron, Worldcom, Halliburton, Bechtel, Harken, Carlyle and so forth.

Related: The Actual Structure And Bloodline Families Comprising The Leadership Of The Illuminati

And, like the landed aristocracies of England, they marry into each other’s families, go to the same schools and universities, sit on each other’s corporate boards and invest in each other’s business dealings. Importantly, they watch each other’s backs and for obvious reasons.

The Actors

Below are the sections in alphabetical order, of some of the companies and individuals connected to the Bush family (or vice versa). Clicking on the bold link at the start of each section will take you to a page of additional links.

Arbusto Oil and the bin Laden Connection

Oh what a tangled Web we weave. Salem bin Laden, one of 57 children their father Mohammed sired with his 12 wives, and Bush were founders of the Arbusto Energy oil company in Texas (I assume not with the 12 wives as well).

He died in a plane crash - like his father - but not before the Arbusto Energy Oil Company, founded in 1978, had become hugely successful. Later, Spectrum 7 Corp bought out Arbusto (now called Bush Exploration Co).

In 1986, with the company on the verge of bankruptcy, it was purchased by Harken, and even though Bush Exploration Co had debts of $3 million, Harken paid Bush $2 million for his stock.

Related: Summary On 9/11 And Inconsistencies Regarding The Official Story

See also the BCCI (Bank of Credit & Commerce) connection below, another murky international scandal involving drug money laundering etc which one of the original investors in Arbusto, James R. Bath, a Houston businessman and old friend of GWB was involved in.

"Time magazine described Bath in 1991 as "a deal broker whose alleged associations run from the CIA to a major shareholder and director of the Bank of Credit & Commerce."

BCCI, as it was more commonly known, closed its doors in July 1991 amid charges of multibillion-dollar fraud and global news reports that the financial institution had been heavily involved in drug money laundering, arms brokering, covert intelligence work, bribery of government officials and - here's the kicker - aid to terrorists."

- James Hatfield

John Ashcroft: Attorney General And Defender Of The Confederacy

Corporate Connections:
AT&T; Microsoft; Schering-Plough; Enterprise Rent-A-Car; Monsanto

As a senator from Missouri, John Ashcroft received generous campaign contributions from companies, including Enterprise Rent-A-Car and Monsanto, which were based in his home state.

But a company didn’t have to be from Missouri to get some attention from the senator. Ashcroft was one of only a handful of senators sponsoring a bill that extended the patent on Schering-Plough’s ultra-profitable allergy pill, Claritin.

Extending the patent, would save the company billions of dollars in potential revenue.

Related: Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + P.C. Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich

The bill died in committee, but Schering-Plough still gave Ashcroft $50,000 for his failed 2000 Senate bid. Schering-Plough donated the money to Ashcroft’s joint fundraising committee, which Ashcroft set up with the National Republican Senatorial Committee to encourage unlimited soft money contributions from corporations that could not legally contribute to his main campaign committee.

(Check out Schering-Plough's campaign contributions to other candidates.) Besides Schering-Plough, Ashcroft’s joint committee logged contributions from AT&T ($25,000) and Microsoft ($10,000). Microsoft, of course, is hoping the new attorney general drops the justice department’s antitrust suit against the company."

Baker & Botts

James Baker III

"He says the government shouldn't overreact to corporate scandals.  He led the campaigns of the last four Republican presidents. 

He watched the September 11 attacks at the Ritz-Carlton with the Bin Laden family.  He's defending the Saudi's against a trillion-dollar lawsuit brought forth by the September 11 families."

-James Hatfield

BCCI (Bank of Credit & Commerce)

"BCCI defrauded depositors of $10 billion in the '80s in what has been called the "largest bank fraud in world financial history" by former Manhattan District Attorney Robert Morgenthau."

- Wayne Madsen

The BCCI-Bush connection is, it could be argued an ‘accidental’ one, but it’s highly unlikely even if it is difficult to track, but the seeds are all there, including GW Snr’s CIA connection (as head of it) in the 1970s and the links to BCCI as well as his long time association with James R. Bath, an investor in Arbusto.

Bath, was a Houston businessman and old friend was also an investor in BCCI.

Essentially, BCCI was a convenient ‘channel’ for moving money through to fund the various illegal enterprises being undertaken at the time including, Iran-Contra, the Iranian arms sales, CIA money laundering operations, connections to powerful Middle Eastern businessmen, the Vatican and its right-wing connections through BNL.

The story of the BCCI was told in the thriller movie 'The International'

Related: How The US Became A Warmonger Police State

Perhaps this extract from "Texas Connections" gives you an idea of the reach:

"… Sheikh Abdullah Bahksh of Saudi Arabia, a 16% shareholder in Harken Energy at the time, was represented by a Palestinian-born Chicago investor named Talat Othman, who served with George W. Bush on the board of Harken Energy. Othman made at least three separate visits to the White House to discuss Middle East affairs with then President George Bush.

At about the same time, and just prior to the Gulf War, Harken Energy, with no previous international or offshore drilling experience, was awarded a 35-year petroleum exploration contract with the emirate of Bahrain.

Sheikh Bahksh emerged as a co-investor in the Bank of Commerce and Credit International (BCCI), a criminal enterprise since dissolved, that existed primarily as a mechanism for obtaining political influence using Middle Eastern oil money.

Bahrain's prime minister, Sheik Khalifah bin-Sulman al-Khalifah, was a major investor in BCCI's parent company, BCCI Holdings, of Luxembourg.

Through its commodities affiliate, Capcom, BCCI was used as a money laundering service by drug traffickers, arms dealers, etc. BCCI's front man in the U.S., and the person chiefly responsible for its takeover of First American Bank in the U.S., was Kamal Adham.

Adham is referred to in the Kerry Committee report on BCCI as having been "the CIA's principal liaison for the entire Middle East from the mid-1960's through 1979."

He was also the head of intelligence for Saudi Arabia during the time George Bush Sr. was Director of the CIA."

Carlyle Connection – There’s no Business Like War Business

There are so many connections between the Bushes, the ‘Defence’ establishment, the global trade in arms, that the mind boggles. That it barely gets a mention in the mainstream media (except of course, to simply ‘report’ it) is a scandal of the grandest proportions.

But it only goes to show the power of big business and the political class they have installed in both the US and the UK (after all, John Major is employed by the Carlyle Group and BAE Systems, the major arms supplier to the UK, is part-owned by Carlyle).

Related: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

Not only the connections beggar belief but the sheer hypocrisy of the Bush government should put it in a new category in the Guinness Book of Records. As you’ll see from just a few of the links to information on Carlyle below, their tentacles extended to many of the armed conflicts going on in the world. There’s no business like war business!

Elliot Abrams

Unless you were around and following events in the 1980s, especially Central American affairs and later, the Iran-contra scandal, you probably won’t know who Elliot Abrams is.

More’s the pity too. As Reagan's Assistant Secretary of State for Human Rights and Humanitarian Affairs he used to oversee US foreign policy in Latin America, and was active in covering up some of the worst atrocities committed by the US-sponsored Contras.

According to congressional records, under Abram's watch, the Contras "raped, tortured, and killed unarmed civilians, including children," and that "groups of civilians, including women and children, were burned, dismembered, blinded and beheaded."

His partners-in-crime include John Negroponte, the new ambassador to the UN, who served under Reagan as ambassador to Honduras from 1981-1985.

He is known for his role in the cover up of human rights abuses by CIA trained paramilitaries throughout the region.


Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

Honduran exiles associated with the paramilitary forces that had been living in the US, were exported to Canada prior to Negroponte's Senate confirmation hearing, thus rendering their testimony unavailable.

Another partner from the ‘good ol’ days is Otto Reich who was appointed as Assistant Secretary of State for Western Hemisphere Affairs (which includes Latin America).

The Bush administration used a "recess appointment" during January 2002 to side step the Senate confirmation hearing otherwise required of the appointment. Democrat opposition to Reich's nomination had been predicted.

But they are still up to their old tricks:

"The coup in Venezuela against Hugo Chavez sports the sticky fingerprints of all three men and the modus operandi of a long line of US-led cold war interventions.

But if these covert ops were tragedy, the Chavez plot was farce. The rapid unraveling of the coup suggested that the Venezuelan plotters would have done better seeking advise from Supreme Court Justice Rehnquist rather than from Reich.

It soon became public that Bush officials maintained a web of connections with the conspirators and appeared to have foreknowledge of the plot. Using the same conduit Reagan used to fund the contras, the National Endowment for Democracy, the administration had funneled money to Venezuelan opposition.

According to British media, Abrams gave a nod to the plotters; Otto Reich, a former ambassador to Venezuela, met repeatedly with Pedro Carmona and other coup leaders. The day Carmona seized the presidency, Reich summoned ambassadors from Latin America and the Caribbean to his office and endorsed the new government.

Abrams pleaded guilty to two misdemeanor counts of withholding information from Congress in 1991, for which George Bush senior subsequently pardoned him in December 1992."

Terry Allen

Enron Connection

As there’s so much information on the Bush-Enron connection (over a quarter of a million links on Google), rather than attempt to show the bankruptcy side of things, I’ve sifted through a number of stories and tried to find the ones which show the bigger picture, starting wuth the Argentine connection between Enron, the Bushes, George Snr, Jeb and Neil.

Related: The End Of Anglo-American Hegemony

Fresh Del Monte and IAT Group: Rotten Fruit? It Just Doesn’t Stop…

Let’s start with January 2003. From the report below:

"The new year begs for a fresh start. But business accusations of international bribery, nefarious investors and a Bush brother awkwardly involved in a troubled company all have a too-familiar ring. Here's the latest Robert Ludlum-style financial spat.

…. Marvin Bush, the brother of President Bush and Florida Gov. Jeb Bush, joined the board of directors of Fresh Del Monte in 1998, after the alleged events took place. Marvin Bush was re-elected to the company's board this year for a term ending in 2005, and served on the board's critically important audit and compensation committees.

In October, Bush decided to resign from the board at the end of 2002. Without any public notice of Bush's planned departure by Fresh Del Monte, news of his pending resignation was not reported until last month."

The Harken Connection

Taken from Covert Action Quarterly "The Family That Preys Together

Issue No. 41, Summer, 1992 by Jack Colhoun

This a consummate piece on the Bush family from a magazine, now sadly defunct.

"This is an incredible deal, unbelievable for this small company," energy analyst Charles Strain told Forbes magazine, describing the oil production sharing agreement the Harken Energy Corporation signed in January 1990 with Bahrain.

Under the terms of the deal, Harken was given the exclusive right to explore for gas and oil off the shores of the Gulf island nation. If gas or oil were found in waters near two of the world's largest gas and oil fields, Harken would have exclusive marketing and transportation rights for the energy resources. Truly an "incredible deal" for a company that had never drilled an offshore well.

Strain failed to point out, however, the one fact that puts the Harken deal in focus: George Bush, Jr., the eldest son of George and Barbara Bush of 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue, Washington, DC, is a member of Harken's board of directors, a consultant, and a stockholder in the Texas-based company.

In light of this connection, the deal makes more sense. The involvement of Junior-George Walker Bush's childhood nickname - with Harken is a walking conflict of interest.

His relationship to President Bush, rather than any business acumen, made him a valuable asset for Harken, the Republican Party benefactors, Middle East oil sheikhs and covert operators who played a part in Harken's Bahrain deal.

In fact, Junior's track record as an oilman is pretty dismal. He began his career in Midland, Texas, in the mid-1970s when he founded Arbusto Energy, Inc.

When oil prices dropped in the early 1980s, Arbusto fell upon hard times. Junior was only rescued from business failure when his company was purchased by Spectrum 7 Energy Corporation, a small oil firm owned by William DeWitt and Mercer Reynolds.

As part of the September 1984 deal, Bush became Spectrum 7's president and was given a 13.6 percent share in the company's stock. Oil prices stayed low and within two years, Spectrum 7 was in trouble
In the six months before Spectrum 7 was acquired by Harken in 1986, it had lost $400,000. In the buyout deal, George "Jr." and his partners were given more than $2 million worth of Harken stock for the 180-well operation.

Made a director and hired as a "consultant" to Harken, Junior received another $600,000 of Harken stock, and has been paid between $42,000 and $120,000 a year since 1986.

Junior's value to Harken soon became apparent when the company needed an infusion of cash in the spring of 1987. Junior and other Harken officials met with Jackson Stephens, head of Stephens, Inc., a large investment bank in Little Rock, Arkansas (Stephens made a $100,000 contribution to the Reagan-Bush campaign in 1980 and gave another $100,000 to the Bush dinner committee in 1990.)

In 1987, Stephens made arrangements with Union Bank of Switzerland (UBS) to provide $25 million to Harken in return for a stock interest in Harken.

As part of the Stephens-brokered deal, Sheikh Abdullah Bakhsh, a Saudi real estate tycoon and financier, joined Harken's board as a major investor. *5 Stephens, UBS, and Bakhsh each have ties to the scandal-ridden Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI).

It was Stephens who suggested in the late 1970s that BCCI purchase what became First American Bankshares in Washington, D.C. BCCI later acquired First American's predecessor, Financial General Bankshares.

At the time of the Harken investment, UBS was a joint-venture partner with BCCI in a bank in Geneva, Switzerland. Bakhsh has been an investment partner in Saudi Arabia with Gaith Pharoan, identified by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board as a "front man" for BCCI's secret acquisitions of U.S. banks.

Stephens, Inc. played a role in the Harken deal with Bahrain as well. Former Stephens bankers David and Mike Edwards contacted Michael Ameen, the former chief of Mobil Oil's Middle East operations, when Bahrain broke off 1989 talks with Amoco for a gas and oil exploration contract.

The Edwardses recommended Harken for the job and urged Ameen to get in touch with Bahrain, which he did.

"In the midst of Harken's talks with Bahrain, Ameen- simultaneously working as a State Department consultant-briefed the incoming U.S. ambassador in Bahrain, Charles Hostler," the Wall Street Journal noted, adding that Hostler, a San Diego real estate investor, was a $100,000 contributor to the Republican Party. Hostler claimed he never discussed Harken with the Bahrainis.

Harken lacked sufficient financing to explore off the coast of Bahrain so it brought in Bass Enterprises Production Company of Fort Worth, Texas, as a partner. The Bass family contributed more than $200,000 to the Republican Party in the late 1980s and early 1990s.

On June 22, 1990, George Jr. sold two-thirds of his Harken stock for $848,560-a cool 200 percent profit. The move was well timed. One week after Junior sold his stock, Harken announced a $23.2 million loss in quarterly earnings and Harken stock dropped sharply, losing 60 percent of its value over the next six months.

On August 2, 1990, Iraqi troops moved into Kuwait and 541,000 U.S. forces were deployed to the Gulf.

"There is substantial evidence to suggest that Bush knew Harken was in dire straits in the weeks before he sold the $848,560 of Harken stock," asserted U.S. News & World Report.

The magazine noted Harken appointed Junior to a "fairness committee" to study possible economic restructuring of the company. Junior worked closely with financial advisers from Smith Barney, Harris Upham & Company, who concluded "only drastic action could save Harken."

George "Jr." also violated Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regulations which require "insider" stock deals to be reported promptly, in Bush's case by July 10, 1990. He didn't file the stock sale with the SEC until the first week of March 1991.

Meanwhile, a cloak-and-dagger aura surrounds Junior's business dealings. James Bath, a Texas entrepreneur who invested $50,000 in Arbusto Energy, may be a business cutout for the CIA. Bath also acted as an investment "adviser" to Saudi Arabian oil sheikhs, linked to the outlaw BCCI, which also has ties to the CIA.

Bill White, a former Bath partner, claims that Bath has "national security" connections. White, a United States Naval Academy graduate and former fighter pilot, charges that Bath developed a network of off-shore companies to camouflage the movement of money and aircraft between Texas and the Middle East, especially Saudi Arabia.

Alan Quasha, a Harken director and former chair of the company, is the son of attorney William Quasha, who defended figures in the Nugan Hand Bank scandal in Australia.

Closed in 1980, Nugan Hand was not only tied to drug-money laundering and U.S. intelligence and military circles, but also to the CIA's covert backing for a "constitutional coup" in Australia that caused the fall of Prime Minister Gough Whitlam.

The Harken deal with Bahrain raises another troubling question: Did the Bahrainis and the BCCI-linked Saudi oil sheikhs use the production sharing agreement with Harken to curry favor with the Bush administration and influence U.S. policy in the Middle East?

Talat Othman's sudden rise to prominence in Bush administration foreign policy circles is a case in point. Othman, who sits on the Harken board as Sheikh Bakhsh's representative, didn't have access to President Bush before Harken's Bahrain agreement.

"But since August 1990, the Palestinian-born Chicago investor has attended three White House meetings with President Bush to discuss Middle East policy," the Wall Street Journal pointed out.

"His name was added by the White House to a select list of 15 Arab-Americans chosen to meet with President Bush, [then White House Chief of Staff John] Sununu and National Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft in the White House two days after Iraq's August 1990 invasion of Kuwait."


This maybe small potatoes by comparison with all the other Bush clan scams, but nevertheless Ignite! Learning made Neil Bush $20 million over three years.

Not bad for a guy who ran Silverado S&L into the ground. With accusations of nepotism flying around all over the place, especially now that Neil Bush tyied to get the Florida school system to buy into his learning software (at $30 a pop per student per year), the state that his brother Jeb was governor of, it’s no wonder.

Connected is the wholesale privatisation of state services, which opens such areas as education to the predations of people like Neil Bush and indeed, the whole issue of influence peddling and nepotism.

Official Secrets

The true story of a British whistleblower who leaked information to the press about an illegal NSA spy operation designed to push the UN Security Council into sanctioning the 2003 invasion of Iraq.

George H. Walker Bush: The Bush Family and the Mexican Drug Cartel

International Medical Centers

The Jeb Bush Connection

This is a murky story with connections to the Nicaraguan Contras, the Mafia, Cuban-American terrorists, Iran-Contra, bribery and corruption, coverups and the CIA.

Essentially, IMC was contracted to give medical assistance to the Nicaraguan Contras but the story is in fact, a lot more complex and gives you some idea of just how inter-connected events really are, especially when you’re dealing the Bush clan.

Perhaps this review of a book by Duncan Campbell The Bush Dynasty and the Cuban Criminal, will give you some idea:

The Big Lie : 9/11 Was an Inside Job

Individual Directors of the CIA, 1993-2010

John Deutch - Director of the CIA, 1993-1996

It is widely believed that John Deutch may have been Director of the CIA, at the time that George W. Bush and Dick Cheney, along with other members of the secret society which has plagued our nation during the last century, planned the operation to murder the Pentagon Whistle-Blowers and stage a coup that would allow them to take power illegally, in our government.

Therefore, John Deutch may know more about this plan, considering he may have resigned, to allow John George Tenet to be appointed Director, and then initiate several important steps of the plan, including election rigging to allow George W. Bush and Dick Cheney to come to power illegally, declaring war on Osama Bin Laden, planting explosives in the elevator shafts of the World Trade Center, launching a missile strike on the Pentagon which murdered over a dozen of the Pentagon Whistle-Blowers, and conducting Genocide in the USA, to cover-up the coup and eliminate suspected enemies.

"The Bush family connections go back to 1984 when Jeb Bush began a close association with Camilo Padreda, a former intelligence officer with the Batista dictatorship overthrown by Fidel Castro.

Jeb Bush was then the chairman of the Dade county Republican party and Padreda its finance chairman. Padreda had earlier been indicted on a $500,000 (£320,000) embezzlement charge along with a fellow exile, Hernandez Cartaya, but the charges were dropped, reportedly after the CIA stated that Cartaya had worked for them.

Padreda later pleaded guilty to defrauding the housing and urban development department of millions of dollars during the 1980s.

The president's younger brother was also on the payroll in the 80s of the prominent Cuban exile Miguel Recarey, who had earlier assisted the CIA in attempts to assassinate President Castro.

Recarey, who ran International Medical Centers (IMC), employed Jeb Bush as a real estate consultant and paid him a $75,000 fee for finding the company a new location, although the move never took place, which raised questions at the time.

Jeb Bush did, however, lobby the Reagan / Bush administration vigorously and successfully on behalf of Recarey and IMC. "I want to be very wealthy," Jeb Bush told the Miami News when questioned during that period.

In 1985, Jeb Bush acted as a conduit on behalf of supporters of the Nicaraguan contras with his father, then the vice-president, and helped arrange for IMC to provide free medical treatment for the contras.

Recarey was later charged with massive medicare fraud but fled the US before his trial and is now a fugitive.

Jeb Bush sealed his popularity with the Cuban exile community by acting as campaign manager for another prominent Cuban-American, Ileana Ros-Lehtinen, when she ran successfully for Congress.

George Bush Sr famously appeared with her during her campaign in Miami declaring: "I am certain in my heart I will be the first American president to step foot on the soil of a free and independent Cuba."

She has since lobbied successfully for the release of several exiles convicted of terrorist offences held in US jails but who now live freely in Miami.

Most controversially, at the request of Jeb, Mr Bush Sr intervened to release the convicted Cuban terrorist Orlando Bosch from prison and then granted him US residency.

According to the justice department in George Bush Sr's administration, Bosch had participated in more than 30 terrorist acts. He was convicted of firing a rocket into a Polish ship which was on passage to Cuba. He was also implicated in the 1976 blowing-up of a Cubana plane flying to Havana from Venezuela in which all 73 civilians on board were killed.

CIA memorandums strongly suggest, according to Bardach's book, that Bosch was one of the conspirators, and quotes the then secretary of state, Henry Kissinger, as writing that the "US government had been planning to suggest Bosch's deportation before Cubana airlines crash took place for his suspected involvement in other terrorist acts and violation of his parole".

Bosch's release, often referred to in the US media as a pardon, was the result of pressure brought by hardline Cubans in Miami, with Jeb Bush serving as their point man. Bosch now lives in Miami and remains unrepentant about his militant activities, according to Bardach.

In July this year, Jeb Bush nominated Raoul Cantero, the grandson of Batista, as a Florida supreme court judge despite his lack of experience. Mr Cantero had previously represented Bosch and acted as his spokesman, once describing Bosch on Miami radio as a "great Cuban patriot".

Source: CommonDreams

Lynne Cheney, Champion of Democracy?

"Lynne Cheney, wife of Vice President Dick Cheney, Frank Gaffney, James Woolsey, and William Bennett, former Secretary of Education in the Reagan Administration, all play prominent roles in domestic suppression of criticism of the War on Terrorism.

A group founded by Lynne Cheney, the American Council of Trustees and Alumni, recently released a report titled "Defending Civilization."  It listed 127 "unpatriotic" statements made on U.S. college campuses since September 11."

- PublicEye

Related: Henry Kissinger, War Criminal Extraordinaire: What You Need To Know About His Real History - And Why The Sanders / Clinton Exchange Matters

National Endowment for the Preservation of Liberty

This takes us back to the 1980s although as the article below informs, like a bad meal, the sins of the past keep coming back, in this case it’s Otto Reich who was part of the original Contra force funded and supported by the Reagan / Bush government with its links to drugs for guns and connections to the CIA and the Iran-Contra affair.

I have also included links to the official CIA version of events.

"Bush Nominee Llinked to Latin American Terrorism" By Bill Vann 24 November 2001

"As the Bush administration exhorts governments throughout the world to line up behind its "war on terrorism," it is pressuring the US Senate to push through confirmation of a nominee to a key foreign policy position whose own links to terror and an illegal CIA propaganda operation have raised concerns even among the usually docile Democratic leadership."

- WorldSocialistWebsite

Related: The Swastika: How The Nazis Turned A Sign Of Good Luck Into A Symbol Of Evil

Otto Reich

Who is Otto Reich? Well basically, he's a friend of terrorists, there's no other way to describe him.

"Otto Reich came to prominence during the Reagan administration when he was appointed head of the office of public diplomacy within the state department.

According to the national security archives, Reich used this role to pursue his own agenda to such an extent that in 1987 the Comptroller-General of the US, a Republican appointee, found that some of the efforts of his office were "prohibited, covert propaganda activities ... beyond the range of acceptable agency public information activities.

A letter of September 30 1987 concluded that Reich's office had violated "a restriction on the state department's annual appropriations prohibiting the use of federal funds for publicity or propaganda purposes not authorised by Congress"".

- Ratical

He then became George Bush's assistant secretary of state for western hemisphere affairs. The central point is that Bush filled his government with characters like this, people who have broken the law, an enemy of human rights, a thoroughly unsavoury character.

Related: The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

Richard Armitage – Another Iran-Contra Figure Come Back to Haunt Us

"On March 23, after being recommended in a unanimous 18-0 vote by the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, former Vietnam-era covert operative and Contra-era figure Richard Armitage was confirmed as Deputy Secretary of State in a voice vote on the Senate Floor.

The unchallenged confirmation of a figure who had previously been investigated by President Reagan's Commission on Organized Crime (1984) for alleged links to gambling and prostitution was totally ignored by the major American media.

Armitage has already begun work at the State Department and is deeply involved in negotiations over a US spy plane recently captured by the Chinese government."

- TheWilderness

The Silverado Savings and Loan Scandal

The savings and loans crashes of the 1980s, themselves directly the result of Reagan’s deregulation of the banking industry, is more interesting because of how it reflects the rapacious nature of unbridled capitalism than of Neil Bush himself.

Who by the way, became embroiled in another scam with his educational software venture, Ignite (that had an annual turnover of $20 million, much of it from educational subsidies obtained in the state of Florida, where, ‘coincidentally’ of course, his brother Jeb, was governor).

Related: Smoking Gun Emails: Bush And Blair Secretly Plotted War On Iraq In March 2002

Altogether, it’s been calculated that bailing out the failed S&Ls countrywide cost the US taxpayer around $1.4 trillion!
There are nowhere as many digital sources on the S&L debacle because it predates the Web

Much of it is contained in pages that refer to the numerous scandals and malfeasances of the Bush clan at large. Even so, I’ve managed to uncover a number of dedicated sources.

Stratesec / Securacom, KuAm (Kuwait-American Corporation), HCC Insurance

The links between these companies is strange.

All have a Bush connection as well as a World Trade Centre, United Airlines, Dulles International Airport security, aviation and Kuwaiti connection. What is known, is that SEC regulations were breached by Marvin Bush in filings submitted to the SEC.

Who is Marvin P. Bush?

The public rarely sees Marvin P. Bush, brother of President Bush II.

Marvin P. Bush was the founder (1993) and Managing Partner of Winston Partners Group of Vienna, Virginia. It's a private investment company. He was also the Managing General Partner of Winston Growth Fund, LLP; Winston International Growth Fund, LP; Winston Small Cap Growth Fund, LP; all related companies.

Before this, he spent 12 years in the investment business with the firms of Mosley, Hallgarten, Estabrook and Weeden, Shearson Lehman Brothers, and John Stewart Darrel & Company.

In January, 1998, Marvin Bush was appointed to the Board of Directors of the Fresh Del Monte Produce company, the giant fruit company (major product bananas) that made the canned goods we buy in our markets.

Del Monte is owned by a very wealthy family from Kuwait, the Abu-Ghazaleh family. Mohammed Abu-Ghazaleh is the CEO and he had several family members on the Board alongside Marvin Bush.

Another member of the Fresh Del Monte Board of Directors was Stephen Way, who was a major Bush fundraiser. Way was the head of the Houston-based HCC Insurance Holdings Company. In early 2000, Stephen Way acquired the appointment of Marvin Bush to the Board of Directors of HCC.

Related: “We Are The Death Merchant Of The World”: Ex-Bush Official Lawrence Wilkerson Condemns Military-Industrial Complex

In that transaction, Bush not only landed a very large salary, but a sweet stock option deal. He purchased about $130,000 worth of HCC stock which re- valued at close to $600,000, not even one year later.

Marvin Bush was also on the Board of Directors of something called the Kerrco Company.

Marvin also was named to the Board of Directors of the Stratesec Company, another large publicly-traded firm. This company is very secretive and you can find virtually nothing about it. 

Their website does not allow entry to several links unless one has a password. Virginia-based Stratesec is a provider of high-tech security systems.

Two of the major customers for which they provide security are the Dulles International Airport at Washington, D.C. and the Los Alamos National Laboratory.

Stratesec's revenues shot up by 60%, due to what the company described as "new customers." Prominent people at Stratesec also included former Reagan operatives including Barry McDaniel and Air Force General James A. Abrahamson (who was involved in the Reagan "Star Wars" project). Stratesec is a company is heavily inter-related with the Kuwam Corporation ("Kuw" = Kuwait; "am" = America).

Related: The Reality Of War: Memorial Day Normalizes Satanic Human Sacrifice

Kuwam is a major Kuwaiti Company into many, many activities including the aircraft business. Stratesec's Chief Executive was also the Managing Director of Kuwam Corporation and Kuwam's Chairman Mishal Yousef Saud Al Sabah sat on Stratesec's Board of Directors. Stratesec provided the primary security for one of the most sensitive airports in the world.

Dulles in D.C., has a heavy middle eastern airline connection.

Winston Partners, Sybase, Choicepoint, H.R. 3162, called "The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act" (or USA Patriot)

Another can of worms. Actually, I’m getting fed up with the Bush clan.

It’s like the only life they have is screwing up everybody else’s! Sybase software is part of the Choicepoint system which is part of the Patriot Act which part of the whole damn system for keeping track of everybody and everything we do, read, visit, buy, and no doubt think about.

Viva Zapata!

Zapata is the story of oil and the Bush clan and of course, Texas.

This is the company G.W. Bush Sr. founded in 1953 and, depending on your predilictions for conspiracies, the Bush connection can take you all the way to the Kennedy assassination and back.

Related: JFK Jr. Told The World Who Murdered His Father - But Nobody Was Paying Attention

And given the scale and scope of the Bush saga, it doesn’t surprise me at all, if indeed there are links between all the goings on of the Bush clan, oil, Texas, the FBI, the CIA, the Rockefellers, the Tri-Lateral Commission, the Nugan-Hand Bank, the Mob, The Pope (or at least the Vatican, and the assassination of JFK.

Of one thing I am sure, when billions and governments are at stake, anything is possible.

Other Important Sources

Federation of American Scientists Website.

The FAS Website contains probably the most complete record of the US dealings with the Iraqi regime, arms sales and related information, including Congressional records. For example I did a search on "iraqi arms sales" and pulled up 882 locations including:

"1992 Congressional Record Documents"

A particularly useful set of documents, because they are the official record of US congressional representative Henry B. Gonzalez and his longstanding investigations into a range of related dealings which included BCCI, Banco Nazionale Lavoro (BNL), Iraq-gate, illicit arms dealings, and especially attempts by the Bush government to block his investigations.

Other Bush family -connected Companies & Institutions
Amsec Corp, Global Strategies LLC, Bass Enterprises Production Co, Asset Management International Financing and Settlement Ltd, Palmer National Bank

Other Bush Men (and the odd woman) that at some point, I'll get around to adding to this dossier.

Dick Cheney, Ari Fleisher, Asa Hutchinson, Robert Mueller, John Negroponte, Paul O'Neil, Theodore Oison, Richard Perle, John Poindexter, Colin Powell, Michael Powell, Otto Reich, Orlando Bosch, Leonel Martinez, Robert Reilly, Donald Rumsfeld, Karl Rove, John Walters, Eduardo Noriega, Richard M Nixon, Robert Mosbacher, Ferdinand Marcos, John Erlichman, Robert McFarlane, Brent Scowcroft, Donald Regan, Jim Baker, William Casey, Santos Trafficante, Miguel Recarey, Jr, Oliver North, Manucher Ghorbanifar, Sheik Abdullah Bakhsh, Tongsun Park, Sargis Soghnalian, Dan Quayle, Salem bin Laden, Prince Mohammed Ben Abdullah, King Fahd of Saudi Arabia.

A final word; I’m all Bushed out as the saying goes, but if I’ve learned one thing in putting this testimony together (because that’s what it is), it’s the awesome power of US capitalism to corrupt and to corrupt totally.

Defeating a juggernaut of this size is going to be a long struggle, but what the hell!

Related Articles:

Were Hitler & Nazism Zionist Creations?

FBI Document Confirms Hitler Fled To Argentina In 1945

American Pravda: Jews and Nazis

Mainstream Admits Hitler Never Killed Himself, Was Allowed to Escape - Died an Old Man

Diary of Anne Frank: A jewish fraud, or just evidence of abject stupidity?

We Are All Anti-Semites, Racists, and Sexists

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Neonic Pesticides In Tap Water React With Chlorine To Create Hazardous Chemicals That Are 300 Times More Toxic & Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas
December 1 2019 | From: NaturalNews

Researchers warn that conventional methods for treating water can trigger chemical reactions in neonicotinoid contaminants.

The resulting metabolites are proven to be far more toxic than the original “neonic” pesticides.

Related: 2,000 Untested Chemicals Discovered In Packaged Foods

Their newest experiment followed up on their discovery of neonicotinoids in tap water sources. The team investigated the risk of the pesticides getting exposed to chlorine-based water treatments and transforming into chlorinated disinfection byproducts (DBPs).

Furthermore, they evaluated the toxicity of the DBP metabolites generated by the chemical reactions between neonics and chlorine. Their efforts received support from the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and the University of Iowa (UI).

Analysis of the chlorinated tap water confirmed the presence of desnitro-imidacloprid and imidacloprid-urea, which are both metabolites of imidacloprid. The two formed after the neonic pesticide reacted with the chlorine disinfectant.

Desnitro-imidacloprid possessed 319 times the toxicity of its parent pesticide on mammals. Tests showed that even low levels of desnitro-imidacloprid negatively affected the health of vertebrates.

Related: Why Are Public Officials Protecting GMO And The Pesticides Industry? Digging Down Into The Cesspool Of Corruption

The researchers also reported that desnitro-imidacloprid and imidacloprid-urea might react to water treatment processes. When that happens, the imidacloprid metabolites became chlorinated DBPs. (Related: Glyphosate and its byproduct AMPA found to heavily contaminate farms, rivers, cities and rural areas across America.)

Chlorination Causes Neonicotinoid Pesticides to Transform Into Even Deadlier Toxins

The USGS-UI study simulated the conditions found in real-life water treatment plants. They proved it was possible for chlorinated chemicals to form in treatment tanks.

The newly-discovered chlorinated DBPs remain untested and untracked. They might have serious implications for human health.

Research on other DBPs demonstrated their high toxicity on humans. Studies established strong links between the chlorinated chemicals to cancer and birth-related health problems.

Neonicotinoids have displaced their predecessors as the most prevalent insecticides in the world. Their widespread employment ensures that any adverse effects get felt worldwide.

Related: Toxic Food Is Killing Humanity: One-Fifth Of Global Deaths Now Linked To Processed Junk Food And Toxic Ingredient

Regulatory agencies like the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) believe that neonicotinoids don’t pose any danger to vertebrates. The pesticides work in such a way that they can only poison invertebrates.

However, neonics end up causing great harm to bees and other beneficial insects. They also poison aquatic invertebrate species that serve as food sources for aquatic vertebrates such as amphibians and fish.

Even worse, desnitro-imidacloprid and other neonic metabolites have changed the way they poison their targets, becoming more toxic to vertebrates like mammals and humans.

Newly Discovered Chlorinated Disinfection by Products Might be More Toxic Than Pesticides

The USGS and UI researchers expressed concern about the toxicity of the neonicotinoid-derived chlorinated disinfection byproducts.

Much like how desnitro-imidacloprid and imidacloprid-urea proved more toxic than imidacloprid, the DBPs might turn out to be more deadly than the chlorinated metabolites and their neonic pesticide predecessors.

“Greater potential toxicity and frequent presence in these water samples of neonicotinoid metabolites demonstrate the need to consider their fate and persistence in drinking water treatment systems (e.g., during chlorination and other treatment processes) and their potential effects on human health,”
the researchers concluded.

Related: Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Perfluorinated Chemicals (PFCs) Found In Nearly Half Of All Fast Food Wrappers From McDonald’s, Burger King, Starbucks And other Food Retailers

The EPA is preparing to conduct a human health risk assessment of neonicotinoid pesticides in 2019. Experts urge the federal agency to include neonic-derived metabolites and chlorinated disinfection byproducts in its investigation.

Furthermore, they want the EPA to hold a cumulative risk assessment of neonic pesticides and associated metabolites. They find it alarming that the planned evaluation does not make any provision for the cumulative risks of a class of persistent and toxic chemicals.

Meanwhile, neonicotinoids continue to spread. The pesticides are not just limited to tainting surface water and drinking water. They also contaminate fruits and vegetables – and unlike earlier pesticides, they cannot be rinsed away.

Various studies also warned that exposure to neonicotinoid pesticides impaired the behavior of animals and caused children to develop effects akin to autism.

Related Articles:

FDA Has Known for Years: Silver Fillings Cause Kidney, Brain, Urological, Fertility, Neurological and Renal Problems

Irish Teenager Wins Google Science Award for Removing Microplastics From Oceans

Waste Only: How the Plastics Industry Is Fighting to Keep Polluting the World

Probiotics sold by Amazon.com found to contain hazardous levels of lead and aluminum, toxic elements that cause neurological damage

Calls for more research on microplastics in drinking water

Study proves chemicals in shampoo and toothpaste are altering sex hormones in adolescents

Teflon Toxin Safety Level Should Be 700 Times Lower Than Current EPA Guideline

Don't keep the receipt: It contains BPA, a well-known endocrine disruptor

Billions Of Viruses Are Raining Down On Us From The Sky Every Day

A massive backlash is building against fake meat products like Beyond Meat and Impossible Foods

The fight to stop Nestlé from taking America's water to sell in plastic bottles

When You Find Out What is in McDonalds French Fries, You Will Be Shocked

If you’re still eating these cancer-causing foods, here are some reasons to stop

People Thinks is Medicine, But It Hurts You

Oklahoma Judge Holds J&J Liable in Opioid Epidemic, Orders $572 Million Damages

Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas

The link between aluminum exposure and health problems is quite unsettling when you consider just how prevalent the metal is in our everyday lives.

While adults might think that there’s little that can be done after years of exposure, parents can start their babies and children off on the right foot by limiting their exposure at the outset – and that starts with the food they eat.

Related: Buyer beware: “Healthy” children’s foods are not as healthy as claimed, according to study

The first aluminum exposure for many humans comes in the form of vaccines and infant formula.

When breast milk isn’t an option for some reason, many mothers assume the formulas sold on store shelves must be safe – and those that are prescribed by their doctor tend to be viewed as even better somehow.

Yet a new study shows that isn’t the case at all. In fact, several popular infant formula prescriptions contain the dangerous element.

There are no safe aluminum levels for the human body, so putting even small amounts into something newborns consume can only be thought of as poison.

It’s unfortunate that these formulas are targeted at babies who already have some sort of medical problem or disadvantage, like low birth weight, intolerance or allergy, or renal insufficiency.

The researchers found that among the 24 prescription infant formulas tested, those that had the heaviest contamination were powdered formulas geared toward babies with allergies and intolerances and ready-to-drink formulas aimed at infants having trouble gaining weight.

Related: New Zealand Baby Food Contains 800 Times More Pesticides Than Baby Food In Europe

It isn’t clear how aluminum is making its way into the products. When the scientists contacted all the manufacturers involved, each one denied knowledge of the presence of aluminum in their products.

Their findings were published in the International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health.

Aluminum Might be Everywhere, But That Doesn’t Mean it’s Safe

The researchers were very clear about the dangers of aluminum, stating:

“There is already too much aluminium in infant formulas and herein we have measured its content in a large number of prescription formulas, products which are fed to vulnerable infants in their first months of life. Many of these products are heavily contaminated with aluminium.”

Aluminum doesn’t strike fear in people’s hearts the way lead and arsenic do – but it absolutely should. The metal is damaging to human biology in many ways and builds up in your organs over time.

Related: Aluminum camping cookware lab tested by the Health Ranger: Is it safe to use?

Large amounts of it can be found in the brains of those suffering from Alzheimer’s disease, and some experts believe accumulation of the metal is a cause of the devastating illness. It’s also found in people with autism and multiple sclerosis.

According to a public health statement from the Agency for Toxic Substances & Disease Registry, aluminum can make its way into your body via ingestion, inhalation, and dermal contact.

In addition to vaccines and infant formula, people will be exposed to the metal throughout their life via foods like flour and baking powder, aluminum cookware and foil, air, water, and consumer products like cosmetics, antiperspirants, and antacids.

Exposure can affect children by causing kidney disease, brain disease, and bone damage as aluminum prevents the stomach from absorbing the phosphate their bodies need for healthy bones. It can also negatively impact their body’s ability to absorb iron.

It has also been linked to breast cancer, although further studies are needed to confirm the connection. Nevertheless, the International Agency for Research on Cancer has classified the metal as carcinogenic to humans. It is known to create oxidative stress, which can increase people’s risk of cancer.

Related: Hundreds of babies exposed to medicine known to cause birth defects

Given the many dangers of aluminum, it’s clear that this metal has absolutely no place in infant formula. More rigorous testing is needed, and parents must be extremely vigilant about what they feed their babies.

If formula can’t be avoided, it’s particularly important that parents limit their children’s other exposure to aluminum.

Related Articles:

Amazon fails to test dietary supplements for contaminants, continues to sell thousands of illegal and dangerous products

Medical bombshell: Lead exposure kills 412,000 Americans a year… here’s how exposure happens

Plastic in our Food and Water

New Study Shows Tap Water Can Cause Cancer

More Research Suggesting Blue Light Might Be Making You Age Faster (In Addition to Causing Anxiety, Insomnia, Macular Degeneration, and Blindness)

Newly Published Retrospective Study Nails Aluminum In Vaccines As Unsafe + Mercury In Vaccines May Be Up To 50 Times More Toxic To The Brain Than Mercury In Fish

The Director General Of DoC Claims 1080 Doesn’t Kill Non-Target Species Whilst DoC’s Own Studies Show It Does &“Hidden Agenda” Of 1080 Poisoners Needs Scrutiny

A Generation Of Poisoning With Gender-Bender Chemicals Has Created A New Class Of Youth Who Fail To Recognize Gender At All

Incriminating Documents Reveal Monsanto Knew They Were Poisoning The Environment With Their PCBs

Nigerian Court Rules Coca-Cola Products Unfit For Human Consumption, Citizens Call For Boycott & You’ll Never Eat McDonald’s French Fries Again After Watching This

The Teflon Toxin - DuPont And The Chemistry Of Deception

If You're Juicing Non-Organic Produce, You're Just Poisoning Yourself With A Pesticide Cocktail

Toxic food kills way more people than mass shootings... it's not even close

KFC Debuted Plant-Based ‘Chicken’ & Sold Out In 5 Hours

Amalgam Fillings: 'It Is Toxic And We're Told To Put It In'

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

GE Food Venture: Chronically Dependent On Deception
November 30 2019 | From: Uncensored

Although it purports to be based on solid science and the open flow of information on which science depends, the massive venture to reconfigure the genetic core of the world’s food supply has substantially relied on the propagation of falsehoods.

Its advancement and very survival have been crucially and chronically dependent on the misrepresentation of reality – to the extent that more than thirty years after the creation of the first genetically engineered plant, the vast majority of people the world-over (including most government officials, journalists, and even scientists) continue to be misled about the important facts.

Related: High Court ruling on GE a win for democracy

Moreover, contrary to what people would expect, the biotechnology industry has not been the main source of the deceptions.Instead, the chief misrepresentations have been issued by respected government agencies and eminent scientists and scientific institutions.

The following paragraphs describe several of the key deceptions and delinquencies that have been essential in enabling the genetically engineered (GE) food venture to advance – all of which are more thoroughly documented in my book: Altered Genes, Twisted Truth.

The Disaster Caused by GE’s First Edible Product Was Obfuscated

The genetic engineering venture received an alarming jolt when its first ingestible product caused an epidemic that killed dozens of Americans and seriously sickened thousands, permanently disabling many of them.

The product was a food supplement of the essential amino acid L-tryptophan that had been derived from genetically altered bacteria. Although it met the standards for pharmacological purity, like all other tryptophan supplements it contained minute amounts of impurities.

However, unlike the conventionally produced supplements, one or more of its accidental additions was highly toxic, even at extremely low levels.

Because none of the tryptophan supplements produced via non-engineered bacteria had ever been linked to disease, and because genetic engineering can create unintended disruptions within the altered organisms, there were legitimate reasons to suspect that the process had induced the formation of the extraordinarily toxic substance that caused the calamity.

Consequently, the proponents of genetic engineering, including the United States Food and Drug Administration (the FDA), which admits it has a policy “to foster” biotechnology, strove to convince the public that the technology was blameless.[ii]

But to do so, they had to issue a string of deceptive statements. Those deceptions have been highly successful. Consequently, despite the fact the evidence points to genetic engineering as the most likely cause of the toxic contamination, most people who know of this tragedy are under the illusion that the technology has been exonerated.[iii]

Worse, because GE proponents routinely claim that none of its products has ever been linked to a health problem, most people aren’t even aware that such a catastrophe happened.

The Problems Linked to the First GE Whole Food Were Also Covered Up

The first whole food produced via genetic engineering (Calgene’s “Flavr Savr” tomato) was also problematic. Calgene voluntarily conducted feeding studies, and the FDA scientists who reviewed them expressed concern about a pattern of stomach lesions that raised a safety issue.

The Pathology Branch concluded that safety had not been demonstrated, and other FDA experts concurred. One wrote that the data:

“Raise a question of safety”
– and that they “fall short” of satisfactorily resolving it.[iv] Another agreed that “. . . unresolved questions still remain.”[v]

Nevertheless, the FDA claimed that its scientists had determined that all safety questions had been resolved – and that the tomato had been demonstrated to be just as safe as other tomatoes. And because the FDA kept a lid on its scientists’ memos, no one outside the agency was aware of the fraud.

The memos only came to light four years later (in 1998) when my organization, the Alliance for Bio-Integrity, led a lawsuit that compelled the FDA to hand over more than 44,000 pages of its internal files.

However, because the mainstream media has failed to adequately report what those documents reveal, most people are still unaware of the FDA’s misbehavior.

GE Foods Reached the Market Through Governmental Fraud

If the actual facts about the toxic tryptophan and the troubling tomato had been disclosed, the GE food venture might well have been brought to a halt – and at minimum would have been slowed and subjected to more rigorous testing. A similar effect would have resulted if concerns that other FDA experts had expressed about GE foods in general had been publicized.

Those concerns appeared in memos written a few years before the GE tomato entered the market, and they reveal that the agency’s scientists didn’t agree with the biotech proponents’ claims that GE is substantially the same as conventional breeding.

For example, an FDA microbiologist stated:

“There is a profound difference between the types of unexpected effects from traditional breeding and genetic engineering.”
He added that GE “. . . may be more hazardous . . .” [vi]

A toxicologist warned that GE plants could contain unexpected new toxins.[vii]

The Director of FDA’s Center for Veterinary Medicine (CVM) stated:

“… CVM believes that animal feeds derived from genetically modified plants present unique animal and food safety concerns.” [viii]

He explained that residues of unexpected substances could make meat and milk products harmful to humans.

The pervasiveness of the concerns is attested by an FDA official who studied the expert input and declared:

“The processes of genetic engineering and traditional breeding are different, and according to the technical experts in the agency, they lead to different risks.” [ix]

In light of the unique risks, those experts called for GE foods to undergo careful testing capable of detecting unexpected side effects.

Moreover, the FDA’s Biotechnology Coordinator acknowledged there was not a consensus about safety in the scientific community at large. He also admitted that the allergenic potential of some GE foods “is particularly difficult to predict.” [x]

Nonetheless, in May 1992 the FDA claimed that:

“The agency is not aware of any information showing that foods derived by these new methods differ from other foods in any meaningful or uniform way.” [xi]

It also asserted that there is overwhelming consensus among scientists that GE foods are so safe they don’t require any testing. Accordingly, the agency doesn’t require a smidgen of testing and allows GE foods to enter the market without any.

If the FDA had told the truth and disclosed the extensive concerns of its own experts, the subsequent history of the GE venture would have surely been very different – and might well have been quite short. At the least, any GE foods that did reach market would have been subjected to much more rigorous testing than regulators anywhere have required.

The State of the Research and the Degree of Expert Consensus Have Been Misrepresented

Like the FDA, other GE proponents habitually claim there’s an overwhelming expert consensus that GE foods are safe. And the American Association for the Advancement of Science has declared that “every respected organization” that examined the evidence has determined they’re “no riskier” than conventional ones.

But this is flat-out false. For instance, in 2001 the Royal Society of Canada issued a report concluding that:

A ) it is “scientifically unjustifiable” to presume that GE foods are safe.

B) the “default prediction” for each should be that the genetic alteration has induced unintended and potentially harmful side effects.[xii]

Moreover, the British Medical Association, the Public Health Association of Australia, and the editors of The Lancet (a premier medical journal) have all expressed concerns about the risks;[xiii] and in 2015 a peer-reviewed journal published a statement signed by more than 300 scientists asserting that there is not a consensus about the safety of GE foods and that their safety has not been adequately demonstrated.[xiv]

GE proponents also falsely profess that the safety of GE foods has been thoroughly demonstrated when in reality many well-conducted studies published in peer-reviewed journals have detected harm to the animals that ate GE food.

In fact, a systematic review of the toxicological studies on GE foods published in 2009 concluded that the results of “most” of them indicate that the products:

“May cause hepatic, pancreatic, renal, and reproductive effects and may alter hematological, biochemical, and immunologic parameters the significance of which remains unknown.” [xv]

It also noted that further studies were clearly needed.

Another review that encompassed the additional studies that had been published up until August 2010 also provided cause for caution. It concluded that there was an “equilibrium” between the research groups;

“Suggesting” that GE crops are as safe as their non-GE counterparts and “those raising still serious concerns.” [xvi]

Between 2008 and 2014 eight such research reviews were published, and although some interpreted the data in favor of GE crops, as a whole, they provide no grounds for unequivocally proclaiming safety. As Sheldon Krimsky, a professor at Tufts University, observed in a comprehensive examination that itself was published in a peer-reviewed journal:

“One cannot read these systematic reviews and conclude that the science on health effects of GMOs has been resolved within the scientific community.” [xvii]

Yet, GMO proponents routinely proclaim that it has been conclusively resolved – and that safety is a certitude.

Two Compelling – and Disturbing – Conclusions

Thus, even from this brief summary, it’s clear that the GE food venture has been chronically dependent on twisting the truth; and this dependence can be readily detected in virtually every statement that’s been issued in support of its products.

A striking example is the guide to GE crops published by the UK’s Royal Society in May 2016.[xviii] Although it professes to provide accurate, science-based information, analysis reveals that its case for the safety of these crops is based on multiple misrepresentations.[xix]

So if the world’s oldest and most respected scientific institution cannot argue for the safety of GE foods without systematically distorting the facts, it indicates that such distortion is essential to the argument.

Moreover, when the multitude of distortions and deceptions that have been issued on behalf of these products over the last thirty-five years are compiled and irrefutably documented (as in my book), the conclusion that the GE food venture could not have survived without them becomes virtually inescapable.

And another conclusion is equally obvious. The incontestable fact that the evidence has been methodically misrepresented is in itself compelling evidence of how strongly the aggregate evidence raises reasonable doubts about the safety of these foods – because if it was as favorable as the proponents claim, there would have been no need to distort it.


[i] Druker, Steven, Altered Genes, Twisted Truth: How the Venture to Genetically Engineer Our Food Has Subverted Science, Corrupted Government, and Systematically Deceived the Public (Clear River Press 2015)

[ii] The agency’s promotional policy was acknowledged in “Genetically Engineered Foods,” FDA Consumer, Jan.-Feb. 1993, p.14.

[iii] The demonstrably false statements that have been issued in order to deflect suspicion from the GE process, as well as other deceptive tactics that have been employed, are described in Chapter 3 of Altered Genes, Twisted Truth. That chapter also comprehensively examines the evidence, including important evidence produced by researchers at the Mayo Clinic that had not been previously made public.

[iv] Document #15, p. 3 at: http://biointegrity.org/24-fda-documents. NOTE: If the URL specified for this endnote (which is also the URL for numbers 5 through 10) is temporarily inactive, the documents can be accessed at: http://www.biointegrity.org/list.htm

[v] Document #16 at: http://biointegrity.org/24-fda-documents.

[vi] Document #4 at: http://biointegrity.org/24-fda-documents.

[vii] Document #2 at: http://biointegrity.org/24-fda-documents.

[viii] Document #10 at: http://biointegrity.org/24-fda-documents.

[ix] Document #1 at: http://biointegrity.org/24-fda-documents.

[x] Document #8 at: http://biointegrity.org/24-fda-documents.

[xi] Statement of Policy: Foods Derived From New Plant Varieties, May 29, 1992, Federal Register vol. 57, No. 104   at 22991

[xii]Elements of Precaution: Recommendations for the Regulation of Food Biotechnology in Canada.” The Royal Society of Canada, January 2001.  This report has never been withdrawn or revised.

[xiii] The British Medical Association has clearly expressed reservations about the safety of these novel products. As described in the British Medical Journal, the Association released a 2004 report stating that:

“More research is needed to show that genetically modified (GM) food crops and ingredients are safe for people and the environment and that they offer real benefits over traditionally grown foods.” (Kmietowicz, Z. “GM Foods Should Be Submitted to Further Studies, says BMA,”

- British Medical Journal, 2004 March 13; 328(7440): 602)

The Public Health Association of Australia has likewise (and more recently) indicated its opinion that the safety of genetically modified foods has not been adequately demonstrated. Its policy statement on genetically modified (GM) foods adopted in 2013 states:

“Thorough, independent research into the effects of GM foods on agronomy, health, society, the environment and the economy should be undertaken, and until this work is completed, all governments in Australia should impose an immediate and indefinite freeze on: the growing of GM crops for commercial purposes; the importation of GM foods and food components; and the patenting of genetic resources for food.”    

- www.phaa.net.au/documents/item/235

The Lancet criticized the presumption that genetically engineered foods entail no greater risks of unexpected effects than conventional foods, stating that there are “good reasons to believe that specific risks may exist” and that “governments should never have allowed these products into the food chain without insisting on rigorous testing for effects on health.” (The Lancet, Vol. 353, Issue 9167, p. 1811, 29 May 1999.)

[xiv] Hilbeck et al. Environmental Sciences Europe (2015) 27:4. http://www.enveurope.com/content/pdf/s12302-014-0034-1.pdf

[xv] Dona, A., and I. S. Arvanitouannis. 2009. ‘‘Health Risks of Genetically Modified Foods.’’ Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition 49 (2): 164-75.

[xvi] Domingo, J. L., and J. G. Bordonaba. 2011. ‘‘A Literature Review on the Safety Assessment of Genetically Modified Plants.’’ Environment International 37 (4): 734-42

[xvii] Krimsky, S., “An Illusory Consensus Behind GMO Health Assessment,” Science, Technology & Human Values, November 2015; vol. 40, 6: pp. 883-914., first published on August 7, 2015.

[xviii] “GM plants: Questions and answers.” The Royal Society, May 2016.

[xix] For a documentation of the major misrepresentations, see my article published in The Ecologist: http://bit.ly/29NN8dk

Steven M. Druker is a public interest attorney and the executive director of the Alliance for Bio-Integrity. He is the author of Altered Genes, Twisted Truth: How the Venture to Genetically Engineer Our Food Has Subverted Science, Corrupted Government, and Systematically Deceived the Public, which was released in 2015 with a foreword by Jane Goodall hailing it as “without doubt one of the most important books of the last 50 years.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Cancer Industry Not Looking For A Cure; They’re Too Busy Making Money & Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign
November 29 2019 | From: NaturalNews / CancerNews / Various

It may sound ridiculously cynical to some, but there are many who believe that cancer is too big a business (meaning too lucrative) to ever actually cure.

And they say the proof is in the numbers.

Related: Families seek answers for US rise in childhood cancers

If any of the existing low-cost, natural and alternative cancer treatments were ever to be approved, then the healthcare industry’s cornerstone revenue producer would vanish within months.

And Big Pharma isn’t about to let that happen. The industry is what is keeping us from a real cancer cure.

Consider how big a business cancer has become. In the 1940s, before all of the technology and innovation we see today, just one out of every 16 people was stricken with cancer; by the 1970s, that ratio fell to one in 10.

Today, one in two males are at risk of developing some form of cancer, and for women that ratio is one in three.

Related: The Man Who Discovered The Cause Of Cancer Wrote A Book On Curing It

Adds Health Impact, “We have lost the war on cancer.” The site notes further:

"The cancer industry is probably the most prosperous business in the United States. In 2014, an estimated 1,665,540 new cancer cases diagnosed and 585,720 cancer deaths in the US. 

$6 billion of tax-payer funds are cycled through various federal agencies for cancer research, such as the National Cancer Institute (NCI).

The NCI states that the medical costs of cancer care are $125 billion, with a projected 39 percent increase to $173 billion by 2020."

The belief among skeptics is that treating cancer has become an industry in and of itself, employing too many people while producing far too much income to permit a cure to be found (or approved).

Indeed, the current research on cancer medications is based on the presumption that the disease will grow (as will the market), not get smaller.

Related: World’s Elite Try To Wipe Out All Knowledge And Use Of Natural Cures, While They Privately Use Them For Their Own Longevity

A 2010 documentary entitled, Cut Poison Burn, by filmmaker Wayne Chesler, presented a number of powerful facts regarding corruption in the business of conventional treatments for cancer (surgery, chemotherapy and radiation) in the U.S.

Here are a number of quotes taken from the documentary that reveal why we’re no closer today than ever to a cancer cure:

"From 1920 to the present time, we have made little progress in the treatment of adult cancers. So, a person who gets prostate cancer or breast cancer today will live as long as a person who got it in 1920."

- Charles B. Simone, M.MS., M.D., Founder, Simone Protective Cancer Center

"Why are people terrified when they hear the word cancer? Because they know it [conventional cancer treatment] doesn’t work.”

- Dr. Julian Whitaker, M.D. Founder, Whitaker Wellness Institute

“Everyone should know that most cancer research is largely a fraud.”

- Dr. Linus Pauling 1986, Nobel Laureate

There are more, including the U.S. government’s own admission in patenting someone else’s potential cancer cure, that current treatments “are themselves carcinogenic” and may actually promote recurrences of cancer.

But you get the point: There is no real incentive to cure something that generates so much employment and profit; just imagine all of the cancer treatment specialists and their staff members who would be out of a job if this disease was ever cured.

Related: The 20 Biggest Cancer Lies You've Been Brainwashed To Believe By The For-Profit Cancer Industry + Cancer Cures Exposed: Natural Medicine Revealed As The Answer

As Natural News founder Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, has said, there is nothing in “modern” cancer treatment that results in true healing. The law and public policy have been established to prevent cures:

“Treating cancer with anything that actually works has been entirely outlawed in the United States, where ‘healing has become a crime,’ say independent observers. The conventional cancer industry isn’t interested in curing the disease; it’s interested in profiting from its continuation.”

Related Articles:

Bras Cause More than Breast Cancer: Preliminary Results of the International Bra-Free Study

Shocking vaccine truth: Hundreds of cancer genes are deliberately engineered into the MMR vaccine to promote cancer for generations to come

Health Ranger: In 2020, I’m going to publicly release a breakthrough, low-cost technology for making your own anti-cancer nanoparticle medicine at home, for pennies

The Deeper Reason For Drug Ads On Television & The Pharmaceutical Industry Is Largely Run By Leftists,
Stunning New Research Finds… Vaccine Mandates, Drugging Of Children, Chemotherapy And More

Ruth Bader Ginsburg has pancreatic cancer and received radiation treatments; too bad Google and YouTube are censoring all the cancer cures that really work

5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says New Report: Here’s What To Do

Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign

Jeff Bezos has launched a new propaganda campaign called “Amazon Goes Gold” that blatantly pushes the Big Pharma lie that chemotherapy is some kind of universal cure for childhood cancer.

Exploiting the heartbreaking story of a Texas girl who underwent chemo for stage 4 non-Hodgkin’s T-cell Lymphoma, The Amazon blog makes the suggestion that, even though chemo routinely harms and kills people, it’s still the best option for adults and children who are diagnosed with cancer.

Related: Chemotherapy May Spread Cancer And Trigger More Aggressive Tumors, Says New Research / Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists

At the very same time that Amazon is banning all content about natural healing alternatives, Amazon Goes Gold is aggressively trying to indoctrinate its patrons into accepting the one-size-fits-all “remedies” offered by the multi-billion dollar cancer industry.

Plagiarizing the infamous “pink ribbon” campaign long promoted by the Susan G. Komen Foundation for breast cancer “awareness,” Amazon’s Goes Gold campaign shipped out gold ribbons with all Amazon orders during the month of September.

Amazon is also donating $4 million to the American Childhood Cancer Organization, Children’s Oncology Group, Seattle Children’s Hospital, the European Society for Pediatric Oncology, and St. Jude Children-s Research Hospital – all groups and organizations that reject natural alternatives to chemotherapy for treating cancer.

Amazonians across the globe will show their support by wearing pajamas to work in solidarity with children who often spend years living in their pajamas during treatment and recovery from cancer,” The Amazon blog‘s Dave Quigg explains.

For more cancer-related news, be sure to check out CancerSolutions.news.

Related: Berkeley Doctor Claims People Die From Chemotherapy, Not Cancer + Cancer Researchers Discover How High-Dose Vitamin C Kills Cancer Cells

Head of American Childhood Cancer Organization Used to Work at Pfizer

It probably won’t come as a surprise to learn that the head of the American Childhood Cancer Organization (ACCO), the first group mentioned as one of Amazon’s new allies, is a guy named Ken Wegner who used to be a lead scientist at drug giant Pfizer.

Wegner worked directly on “pharmaceutical product development,” according to his LinkedIn profile. He also worked as a scientist at Hospira, a global pharmaceutical and medical device company with operations similar to Pfizer’s.

What this suggests is that Wegner’s approach to childhood cancer as the current head of ACCO centers entirely around conventional “treatments” like chemotherapy and radiation that destroy children’s bodies by pumping them up with poison.

Children’s Oncology Group is similarly run by pharma-mongers like Peter C. Adamson of The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia. Adamson is buddies with Paul Offit, a Big Pharma hack who believes that children can safely be injected with up to 10,000 vaccines at once and live to tell about it.

These and other Amazon Goes Gold partners, in essence, represent a who’s who list of some of Big Pharma’s biggest propagandists.

More important to them than actual healing is keeping the public under the delusion that chemotherapy is somehow a legitimate form of medicine that helps to fight cancer.

Related: Cancer Industry Now Admits That Chemo And Radiation Treatments Generate Huge Repeat Business & Repeat Profits

And Amazon is further doing its part to keep the ruse going by shipping all Amazon orders in “custom packaging” with a little gold ribbon to remind customers that they should immediately turn to chemotherapy the minute they or a loved one is diagnosed with cancer.

By couching this crafty little campaign in terms of good will and creating “awareness,” Amazon and the cancer industry are basically marketing conventional cancer “therapy” to the masses, which are increasingly waking up to safer and more effective alternatives that don’t cause potentially lifelong harm or even death.

Amazon: Chemotherapy is Expensive, So Get Out There and Fundraise to Help Pay for it!

Recognizing that chemotherapy is an excessively costly regimen that patients without insurance have gone bankrupt trying to pay for, Amazon is also reminding the public to fork over their hard-earned cash to help people pay for it as an act of charity.

Rather than advise its customers about cheaper, safer alternatives that might work without breaking the bank, Amazon is instead trying to raise more money to keep the conventional cancer industry fully funded, regardless of the harm it causes to many patients.

I had an allergic reaction to a chemo medicine that I was getting,” the young girl whom Amazon references in the blog article is quoted as saying about how chemotherapy harmed her. “It gave me pancreatitis. Then I became septic and went into multi-system organ failure.”

Several of the cancer documentaries that Amazon banned from its website and Prime services discuss alternatives that might have helped this poor girl without destroying her vital organs.

Related: Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things A Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

But rather than allow this helpful information to spread, Amazon has instead restricted all access to these resources, and is instead encouraging other children diagnosed with cancer to go down the same path – to their own demise.

“… some of the drugs and the chemo that they use are very, very harsh,” the girl’s father is quoted as saying about what his daughter endured.

“I just don’t think there’s enough research into how it affects kids – because they’re little, and they’re going to have the health effects of these heavy treatments for the rest of their life. As a parent going through all that, it’s frustrating because you don’t want them to deviate from the protocol, but this stuff makes your kid so sick.”

Related Articles:

CNN Admits The Health Ranger Has Been Right All Along: Sunscreen Chemicals Are Absorbed Into Your
Bloodstream Where They Can Promote Cancer

Cancer, Cancer Everywhere... But Not In The Elite's Presidential Suites

Monsanto Ordered To Pay $2 Billion To Cancer Victims & Bayer Discovers “Black Ops” Division Run By Monsanto, Shuts It Down, Initiates Internal Investigation As Law Enforcement Prepares Criminal Charges Against The Chemical Giant

Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

Cancer Industry Plotting To Destroy The New Cancer Cure Developed By Israeli Scientists - The Attacks Have
Already Begun

How Rockefeller Founded Big Pharma And Waged War On Natural Cures

MMS Does Not Cure Stupidity

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Google's Digital Book Burn: Alternative Medicine Content Now Vanishingly Rare, Despite One Billion Health Searches A Day
November 28 2019 | From: GreenMedInfo

With about 1 billion health searches happening on Google every day, it's not hard to understand why censoring natural health information serves a multitude of interests, not the least of which is Big Pharma's bottom line.

new analysis released by Bob Troia, Twitter handle Quantified Bob, reveals how health sites have been decimated by Google in the period tracked from April 15th, 2018 to August 15th, 2019.

Related: What Is Natural Health? A Comprehensive Guide to Living Healthy

He posted the following graphic on Twitter on August 25th, 2019, showing as high as a 99.87% decrease in visibility through Google search results, and a 81.14% drop for Greenmedinfo.com. 

Related: Censorship Of Alex Jones Won’t Stop With Alex Jones: Natural Medicine, Cannabis And Health Freedom
Channels Are Already Being Blacklisted

Mayo Clinic and WebMD, on the other hand, saw a 59.98% and 30.71% increase, respectively.

The difference in treatment between natural and conventional health websites has lead many to speculate that this was a manually executed penalty targeting the alternative medicine space.

One of our colleagues, a Google SEO expert, posted his opinion on the matter here: “Google Takes Position in Controversial Vaccine Safety Debate.” 

Be forewarned, the rabbit hole goes deep. Google’s motivations and bias stretch all the way to election manipulation, as we discuss here: "Google Just Scrubbed Natural Health Websites From Its Search Results; Whistleblower Explains How and Why." 

Related: 13 Lifestyle habits to practice if you want to live longer

However, you don’t have to fall into the stereotypes of a health freedom advocate, vaccine choice, or natural health obsessed organization to feel the pain of Google’s purge.

Examine.com, for instance, which prides itself on being entirely science-based, and who has written about how “you do not need to worry about MSG,” “Curcumin is not a panacea,” and “Diet soda is unlikely to hurt your health,” also got hit hard.

The founder recently wrote an article to answer the question: “Why has Examine.com disappeared from search results?

He and his organization played by Google’s rules, yet have all but disappeared from the search results.

The same happened to Joe Cohen, founder of Self-Hacked, who wrote an excellent article on the subject here: “Google Is Taking Censorship of Health Websites to The Next Level.”

There is evidence, however, that the censorship may also target sites that speak out about drug side effects, such as People’s Pharmacy, who published a report on August 19th titled, “Is Google Censoring Drug Side Effect Information?

Related: Google, YouTube, Twitter, Facebook, Comcast, Instagram Suffer Devastating Outages As Trump Goes To War With Big Tech’s Malicious Censorship And Fraud & "Wikipedia Is Broken," Controlled By Special Interests & Bad Actors Says Co-Founder

The site’s founder, Joe Graedon, writes:

"Many health websites have been buried by a new Google algorithm update. Search is fruitless. We provide drug side effect information. Why can't you find it?"

Censorship, of course, is not new.

Book burning, for instance, has been around for at least as long as books have existed. What’s happening today is that Big Tech platforms, which receive immunity from lawsuits against suppressing free speech due to a loophole within the Communications Decency Act (Section 230), are nonetheless acting like publishers by choosing who can and cannot express an opinion or exercise their First Amendment rights.

We experienced this first hand with Pinterest December 2018 decision to ban us for posting natural health and vaccine skeptical information, and then Mailchimp’s decision to kick us off their platform for “anti-vaccine content” (a stipulation, incidentally, which was not in their terms of use agreement) in June of this year, after nearly a decade of perfect compliance, finding out soon after that they are a CDC Foundation partner, a red flag for conflicts of interest and politically biased motivations operative between Mailchimp and this non-profit (more aptly, "pay to play") outgrowth of the CDC. 

For a timeline of the censorship events, including the discovery that both Google and Bing are manipulating their search engine autocomplete suggestions with what appear to be blatant neurolinguistic programming (i.e. mind control) tactics, read my statement here.

Related: Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

To be perfectly candid, I am not at all surprised by what’s happening. I created GreenMedInfo.com a decade ago within an already well-established context of widespread censorship and mischaracterization of the evidence supporting natural medicine.

The very inspiration for it was to fill the void out there of science-based information supporting what millions around the world already know: the body can heal itself with the right conditions, without drugs.

Given that Google fields more than a billion health-related questions every day, or the equivalent of 70,000 each minute, there’s a massive amount of money and power on the line here.

Related: Google running Orwellian project to secretly hoover up health records of millions of Americans across 21 states – WSJ

Funneling this gold mine of traffic to WebMd versus natural health websites greatly affects the sociopolitical and economic wellbeing of billions around the world.

Given the recent collaborations between Big Pharma and Big Tech, including a $715 million deal between Google's parent company Alphabet and GlaxoSmithKline in 2016, this purge of the internet of alternative voices was to be expected.

Only, I did not expect Google to be so blatant and audacious about it. Did they really think they'd get away with it?  Perhaps they didn’t realize how large a contingency is represented by our space.

I can count, among those health freedom and natural health organizations I am affiliated with, a reach of at least 100 million strong through social media, and another 100 million through email subscribers to our numerous lists -- and this is a very conservative estimate. 

Related Articles:

Family Detox: How to Cultivate a Toxin-Free Home & Lifestyle

Health Ranger: In 2020, I’m going to publicly release a breakthrough, low-cost technology for making your own anti-cancer nanoparticle medicine at home, for pennies

More people are going the natural way, market sales for herbal products in the U.S. continue rising

13 Ways to Improve Memory Naturally

Acupuncture is better than opioids, especially for treating pain

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation
November 27 2019 | From: NaturalNews / Various

The mainstream media has made a radical departure away from vehement chemtrail denialism into systematic chemtrail embrace, and the question remains as to why the climate “deep state” has suddenly decided to show its cards.

Geoengineering, which was long dubbed a “conspiracy theory” by the narrative gatekeepers, has suddenly become not just a thing, but the thing that will supposedly provide the solution to “climate change” and “global warming.” But is this really the true purpose of chemtrails?

What Are Chemtrails And How Are They Harming Our Food And Water? + Nuclear Chemist Publishes Paper Detailing: “Aluminum Poisoning Of Humanity Via Geoengineering”

Just as Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, long warned, the geoengineering conspiracy would one day be exposed and make its way into the mainstream, but under false pretenses – and that’s exactly what appears to be happening.

Geoengineering is real, they’re now admitting, and it’s for the good of the planet. But the truth is that the chemtrail agenda is a nefarious tool that the “elite” are using as a means of weather control, and thus population control.

While it’s somewhat encouraging to see that what we and others have long warned about is, in fact, turning out to be everything we said it was, the revelation of this to the general public suggests that the globalists are much further along in fulfilling their agenda than many people probably think.

For more related news about the climate conspiracy, be sure to check out Climate.news.

Related: Mainstream Scientist Exposes The Dangerous Reality Of Chemtrails And Geoengineering

Climate Scientists are Absolutely Mad, and Their Agenda Will Cause a Planetary Collapse

Even as the media admits that geoengineering is real, the claim is that it’s being used to “cool” the planet. All of that barium and aluminum raining down from our skies is somehow a “good” thing, the media insists, even as rates of chronic illness skyrocket.

With the financial help of globalist billionaires and eugenicists like Bill Gates, chemtrails are now being sprayed in pretty much every country around the world, which climate alarmists now say is necessary to “block” the sun from warming the earth.

It’s a ridiculous notion, and one that makes no logical sense in the same way that carbon dioxide (CO2) can’t be a “pollutant,” as the climate lobby claims, at the same time that it functions as a life molecule for sustaining all plant life.

But this is what people like Neil deGrasse and Bill Nye claim is true, as does most of the mainstream media.

Bill Gates, it turns out, is actually funding a project known as ScoPEx, run by scientists from Harvard University, that involves intentionally releasing pollution to block out the sun.

As Adams warns, the result of this will be the impairing of photosynthesis in plants and phytoplankton which, combined with the climate lobby’s efforts to eliminate CO2, will mean the total collapse of the world’s food crops, leading to global famine, starvation, and mass death.

Related: Do You Know What We Are Breathing In From Weather Geoengineering Efforts?

“That’s the real goal of the program, of course,” Adams writes.

“It’s a ‘mass extinction’ weapon system that’s funded by globalists to annihilate humankind by taking out the food webs that support human life. This is nothing less than the weaponization of the atmosphere to commit genocide on a planetary scale.”

This is one of the globalist deep state’s hard kill agendas, from which nobody will be able to escape. While soft kill programs like forced vaccination are able to catch most people and enslave them, hard kill sun-blocking will affect everyone, collapsing food systems, plant life, and eventually human existence.

“This planned pollution of the skies could devastate life on Earth,” Adams goes on to warn.

“It might unleash, ‘… things like mass famine, mass flooding, drought, of kinds that would affect very large populations," warns Stephen Gardiner, author of A Perfect Moral Storm, in a CNBC video that now touts the benefits of chemtrails.

Related: Reverse engineering the goals of terraforming / geoengineering / chemtrails: What biologicals are compatible with the end result?

Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

The mainstream media is now openly pushing geoengineering and chemtrails as a solution for so-called “global warming,” which is of course a complete hoax to begin with.

Globalist propaganda network CNBC has just released a new video (see below) which is a blatant infomercial for chemtrails, touting the benefits of polluting the skies with calcium carbonate and sulfur dioxide, two pollutants that would devastate life on Earth. Matt Agorist from The Free Thought Project published an informative write-up.

Related: Top Scientist Tells CBS: HAARP Responsible For Recent Hurricanes

The project is called SCoPEx, and it’s being masterminded by the who’s who of eugenicists and depopulation pushers at the highest levels of world government and academia.

It’s funded and endorsed by Bill Gates, for example, who openly calls for reducing the human population by billions. We’ve covered this extensively on Natural News, warning how Bill Gates is funding a plan to carry out planetary genocide.

As I explain in videos at OblivionAgenda.com, this SCoPEx project would pollute the skies across the entire planet, dim the sun, impair photosynthesis and lead to a collapse of the global biosphere.

This, of course, would lead to mass starvation around the world as food crops fail and famine sets in. This is the goal of the project, by the way, not an unintended side effect.

Related: Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed

Same Alfred P. Sloan Foundation that Censored Vaccine Truth Also Funding SCoPEx Project to Commit Planetary Genocide

In the video, shown below via YouTube, the non-profit organizations involved in funding this SCoPEx project are listed. Among those funding the project at none other than The Alfred P. Sloan Foundation.

You need to get familiar with this name, because Alfred P. Sloan has long sought to carry out the mass murder of human beings. As published on NaturalNews.com in 2016:

Industrialist Alfred P. Sloan, as head of General Motors, was a Nazi collaborator, and ardent admirer of Hitler. Sloan’s hatred of blacks was almost as intense as his hatred of Jews.

He had a close connection with the eugenics movement which eventually became the Human Genome Project.

The Sloan Foundation, together with the Rockefeller nexus, held a long standing interest in population reduction, including their involvement with the introduction of mysterious new vaccines together with the World Health Organization, which has a stated policy of population reduction, as clearly set forth in Agenda 21.”

It was also the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation that pressured the Tribeca Film Institute to censor the film VAXXED, which exposed the truth about vaccines and infertility, spontaneous abortions and the deliberate damaging of children and adults with toxic substances added to vaccines.

Sloan and the WHO have been repeatedly linked to vaccines that are spiked with HCG, an infertility chemical.

Related: Meteorologists And Climate Engineering Denial: Perpetuating The Lie For A Paycheck And A Pension + Why The "Chemtrail Conspiracy" Is Real

Also reprinted on Natural News:

This seemingly altruistic Sloan Foundation also funded the Community Blood Council of Greater New York, Inc., which allowed more than 10,000 hemophiliacs and countless others to become fatally infected with HIV/Aids.

Moreover, The Sloan Foundation held 24,000-53,000 shares issued by Merck and Co., whose president George W. Merck was director of America’s biological weapons industry and whose Hepatitis C and polio vaccines have been suspected of transmitting AIDs; and who knows what else.”

The Sloan Foundation is currently headed by a globalist named Paul Joskow, member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), a global elite group with deep ties to depopulation advocate Bill Gates, who also awards large grants to numerous websites that agree to publish pro-vaccine propaganda.

So now you know the truth about the SCoPEx project, which will also drop enormous quantities of lead - the heavy metal - onto the world’s crops, soils and oceans.

This project is nothing less than the mass genocide of humanity, funded by Bill Gates and 14 non-profit foundations as listed here:

J. Baker Foundation

The Blue Marble Fund

OW Caspersen Foundation

The Crows Nest Foundation

The William and Flora Hewlett Foundation

Constance C. and Linwood A. Lacy Jr. Foundation

The Open Philanthropy Project

Pritzker Innovation Fund

Ronin Private Investments LLC

The Alfred P. Sloan Foundation

The Tansy Foundation

Teza Technologies LLC

VoLo Foundation

The Weatherhead Center for International Affairs

Watch the chemtrails infomercial from CNBC, which now openly admits they want to pollute the skies, just as we’ve been warning you for years.

That’s why we launched Terraforming.news and Geoengineering.news. This is Adolf Hitler times 1000 in terms of the genocide being carried out here (billions of people will die, which is the goal).

Watch and share:

Now you know why they have to desperately try to label Natural News “fake news” or “conspiracy.”

Because yesterday’s conspiracy is today’s Harvard science project funded by eugenics advocates who want to murder six billion people (or more). Just two years ago, “chemtrails” was derided as a conspiracy theory. Now CNBC is running puff pieces promoting it!

The real agenda is the annihilation of humankind. This is why we’ve launched OblivionAgenda.com to explain the truth about the globalist agenda to destroy humanity. It’s no longer science fiction; it’s science fact.

Related Articles:

Aluminum Dust from Geoengineering Fueling Super Wildfires According to Author

HAARP Australia & Around the world

Edward Snowden joins in the geoengineering cover-up, claims no such technology exists even when hundreds of patents are already recognized by the US government

How photographer captured images of plane with rainbow trail

Dane Wigington Exposes The Globalist Geoengineering Weather Control Agenda In Fascinating Interview With The Health Ranger

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Once We Awaken
November 26 2019 | From: OpedNews

Do you get a sense, that something is wrong, like that dissonance, that does not belong?

As we move through the journey of life, many people are experiencing a sense of dis-ease, that something is off-kilter, that the narratives we are receiving do not match the reality we are experiencing. There is great hope in this knowledge because once one recognizes this dissonance the process of awakening begins.

Related: Loneliness – The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind

Deep down way inside, you may have suspicions that much what we're told, are but veiled omissions.

The narratives are controlled by a small handful of people who determine what issues and discussions we should be examining.

As we watch the main stream news and follow social media, the news and discussions we see are mostly spectacle designed to boost ratings with little or no coverage of the real issues such as: our wars without end, corporate and big money control of government and media, or anything critical of the powers that be.

Most of the journalists we see on the main stream media are basically celebrity faces who no longer practice journalism, but are simply parroting what those in power want them to say with little effort made to investigate and corroborate the stories.

Related: The Mainstream Media Lies

There is great hope in recognizing this knowledge, as it allows one to view the narratives more critically and to filter out what does not resonate with them.

Why do we listen, to those who would divide those who leave us empty, with our humanity denied

Both of the main stream political parties support the Military/Industrial/Security Complex.

Both of the main stream political parties support the multiple simultaneous wars and occupations of other nations.

Both of the main stream political parties support a foreign policy of economic and military sanctions on nations that wish to pursue paths that do not fit interests of the global central banking system.

Both of the main stream political parties support their corporate donors over their constituents.

Both of the main stream political parties voted to extend the surveillance of citizens.

Both of the main stream political parties have made little or no attempt to stop the flood of big money into political campaigns.

However, the powers that be are very successful at projecting that there is a real difference between the two political parties [This is an American article, but the principle is the same throughout the West].

Both political parties are successful in getting people to fight each other over social issues that in the big picture are really not the key issues.

Related: Project Veritas Unveils New Investigation Targeting Deep State + Deep State On Death Throes After Massive Multi-Pronged Attacks

Then, as long as the people are focused on fighting each other, those who orchestrated this fight enjoy the benefits of this effective diversion, keeping people from paying attention to the criminal syndicate that has taken over the government.

There is great hope in recognizing this old divide and conquer tactic because once one does recognize it, one can stop fearing or hating "the other" and recognize that we have far more in common than what is dividing us.

We can stop with name calling and finger pointing, and instead engage in meaningful conversations.

So many listen to the main stream media where sensationalism such as murders, car crashes, kidnappings, sex scandals and the like dominate the content. This is the same media where 90% of the media is owned by 6 corporations.

One does not need a PhD to understand that this concentration of control over the narrative that people experience is not a positive development. Those that control the news keep the masses living in fear. This fear can take many forms, but often it is physical, economic, or social.

Related: Six Ways To Break The Hypnotic Spell Of The Mainstream Media

This is the same media that now has 36% of its hourly content filled with commercials. The fact that people are recognizing this is good news because they will become more discerning about who they give their money to. They will start to question whether they really need that product or service, or do they just want it.

Once we will awaken, things won't be the same we will manifest, an end to their game. Once we will awaken, the angels will observe as those with dark souls, we'll no longer serve.

Our current political system has been totally corrupted by those with vast accumulations of money. This cuts across all ideologies and political party lines. This system of legal bribery has even been ratified by the highest court in the land which opened the floodgates to even more money corroding our system.

How can someone represent you when they are being paid millions to represent others? What we need now goes beyond simple reforms and enters the realm of transformational change.

Many articles and videos (mostly those in the alternative media space) connect these dots so that more and more people are becoming aware. This awareness or awakening is a critical step as it opens up the possibility for transformational change to take place.

Related: Roots Of New Paradigm

The changes we are seeking will not take place from the top down, they will take place from the bottom up. Those who benefit from the current paradigm have little motivation to implement meaningful changes.

Once we are ready to accept our own roles in this process, we will realize that what needs to happen is that we have to change ourselves.

Once we stop playing their game of competing with each other, we will start cooperating instead. Local, self sufficient, and resilient communities will spring up like wild flowers in a field where they grow much of their own food, start their own currencies, and their citizens will stop buying from the big corporations, instead they will patronize their local businesses.

The current system of how we create and distribute money is at the very heart of most of the problems we face.

It is absolutely amazing that people will work a significant portion of their lives away to earn money, and yet have only the most elementary understanding of how our debt based monetary system works.

What does debt based monetary system mean? When was the last time your main stream media covered this?

When was the last time your school taught you this? Why is this information withheld?

Related: A Central Banker’s Plan For Your Money

This debt based monetary system perpetuates and amplifies the inequalities of how Earth's abundant resources are distributed. Our very existence on this planet is being threatened as unlimited economic growth within a finite biosphere remains the current paradigm.

Until we move to a totally new monetary system, we are only hacking away at branches, and not getting to the root of the problem. There can be no effective transformation of our societies until this happens.

The models for a new monetary system are already in place. However the private individuals who have been given the monopoly power to create money and are benefiting from the current system will fight to make sure that knowledge of these systems does not spread widely.

Those benefiting from the current system will work hard to make sure it stays firmly entrenched. When was the last time you heard a corporate media network discuss monetary reform?

Related: Nobel Prize Winner: Trump Has Launched A Nationalist “Revolution” Against the Elite + Ex-CIA Agent: Deep State ‘Terrified’ Of Trump, ‘Want Him Taken Out’

Once we have local control of money, food production, energy generation, and governance, the current paradigm of corporate and big money control of our systems will simply become obsolete. It will simply fade into oblivion as it becomes less and less relevant. There will be no need to confront the system. Once we awaken and change our ways, we will "manifest an end to their game".

Those who sell their souls, for their daily bread may not take the time, to think of what's ahead.

There have always been those who would sell their souls and use the excuse "it's my job" to justify their actions.

[Looking at the likes of you Jacinda and Rebecca. *Waves*].

From those who tortured Jesus to more modern times with concentration camp guards to even more currently the mercenaries who were hired to confront those seeking to protect their water supplies from pipeline companies.

Think about this, these mercenaries are people who left the communities they pledged to "protect and serve" to answer a call to "protect and serve" corporate interests in another community, while these same corporate interests were placing local people's water supplies at serious risk.

Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

These mercenaries were the tip of the spear, there were many behind the scenes who acted as enablers for their behaviors. There were the corporate executives, prosecutors, judges, minor bureaucrats, and politicians without whose support, such injustices could never take place.

Those who served helping these forces have "sold their souls for their daily bread."

"It was my job" is not an acceptable response when it curtails the access of life sustaining necessities of fellow human beings.

It is very easy to develop an "I see nothing" attitude, or to allow oneself to be silenced by monetary gain by "playing along" with those who control and manipulate the system. It is time to witness, it is time to speak up, it is time to resist when you see injustice taking place.

Once we awaken we will no longer serve those who think only of themselves and their own self serving schemes.

YOU can start making a huge difference by the way you spend YOUR money. Think about this, when you give your money to someone or some corporation, as you are transferring some of your your power to them. Is this really something you wish to do?

Related: How Greece Became A Guinea Pig For A Cashless And Controlled Society

Do you shop at a local merchant or do you save that 35 cents by buying from Amazon? Do you give a percentage of every purchase to the big banks by using credit cards or do you pay in cash?

Do you buy animal products humanely produced? Do you buy organic food or food produced using chemicals that threaten our ecosystem (and your health?)

Do you bank at a "too big to fail bank" or a local community bank or Credit Union? Sometimes the lowest price or convenience is not the best buy and can carry an even higher unseen cost.

As we develop our own resilient local communities and economies, our dependencies on the corporate model will be reduced, weakening their tight grip on us. Mother Teresa once said "I alone cannot change the world, but I can cast a stone across the waters to create many ripples."

This is the best part of the awakening process. It is easy to think that the problems we face are overwhelming and that nothing can be done.

Related: Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

The powers that be want us to think that way. Yet as we awaken, it becomes very clear that there are so many more of us that feel this same way than we originally believed.

Once we awaken we become aware of others who have broken free. It is very empowering once we realize we are not alone. A critical mass is forming. It turns out that it takes only 10% of a population to bring about real changes.

We live in a world of abundance. There is enough air, water, and food for every person, animal, and plant on the planet. We have the resources and ability to make our existence here a paradise, to continue to develop socially, intellectually, emotionally, and spiritually.

It is within our power to create a true golden age on this blue oasis floating through space and attain wondrous levels of development on a personal, family, community, regional, and global level while creating this paradise.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Horowitz Report Will Be Damning, Criminal Referrals Likely + The Hammer Is The Key To The Coup
November 25 2019 | From: SaraCarter / TheAmericanReport / Various

Department of Justice Inspector General Michael Horowitz’s much anticipated report on his investigation into the FBI’s probe into President Trump’s campaign is expected to be made public before Thanksgiving and the outcome is alleged to contain several criminal referrals, according to sources who spoke with SaraACarter.com.

Horowitz’s investigation on the bureau’s probe into the now debunked theory that Trump colluded with Russia in the 2016 presidential election will more than likely result in the declassification of documents - requested by senior Republican lawmakers for more than several years.

Related: 'The Horowitz Report Is Coming, The Horowitz Report Is Coming' - Lindsay Graham Signals Early Dec. Release

These are the same documents President Trump turned over to Attorney General William Barr in May, giving him ‘full and complete authority” to declassify.

Those documents will contain several classified pages of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act on former Trump campaign advisor Carter Page, exculpatory evidence that was withheld from the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, the so-called ‘Gang of Eight’ folder (which contained exculpatory information), as well as the email chain between FBI investigators in the Russia probe and then-FBI Director James Comey.

Those emails also include discussions with lawyers in the DOJ’s national security division.

As previously reported, the email chains will contain information that prove the FBI knew prior to obtaining a warrant to spy on Page that former British spy Christopher Steele’s information in his infamous dossier on Trump could not be proven.  

Related: Controversial FISA Memo Was Just Released - Here’s What It Says

It is also expected to reveal that the FBI knew that Steele was leaking to the media but then used those media reports as separate evidence in their request for a FISA warrant, known as circular intelligence reporting.

Circular reporting is when a law enforcement official uses false confirmation by making a piece of information appear to come from multiple independent sources.

"If it’s strong and comes out soon, the IG report will do some real damage to the Democrats’ impeachment charade. It would show that Resistance bureaucrats really are conspiring to take down Trump, House Republican."

Horowitz’s report is also going to contain evidence that the FBI handled Hillary Clinton’s campaign differently than that of President Trump’s campaign.

It will reveal that she had received a detailed debriefing from the FBI on foreign attempts to make contact with her campaign. It will reveal the deep bias and animus those FBI officials had toward the Trump campaign.

It is the most highly anticipated Horowitz report during the Trump administration’s tenure.

Why? Because for more than three years the American people have not had closure or resolution to what exactly warranted the FBI investigation to spy on a presidential campaign, or for that matter on the President.

Related: The DOJ's Russiagate Probe Just Turned Into A Criminal Investigation + Deep State In Total Panic As Durham’s Investigation Confirmed To Have Transitioned To Criminal Phase: Indictments Imminent

It will also weaken House Intelligence Committee Chairman Adam Schiff’s current impeachment probe into Trump, as it will prove that his previous statements in support of the FBI’s FISA into Page was based solely on his biased against Trump.

This bias, say Republican officials, continues with his push to impeach the President.

"If it’s strong and comes out soon, the IG report will do some real damage to the Democrats’ impeachment charade. It would show that Resistance bureaucrats really are conspiring to take down Trump,” said a House Republican source.

It would also fatally undermine the credibility of Schiff, who argued vehemently that there were no FISA abuses - it will mean that, as Intel Committee Chairman, he’s ignoring severe abuses for purely political purposes.

Those political purposes lead to the most important question lingering in Horowitz’s investigation:

Did senior officials within the FBI and U.S. intelligence apparatus weaponize the system for political purposes against a candidate for the presidency and did they continue to do so after Trump had been elected?

Unlike Horowitz’s other reports, this investigation, which focuses on the machinations of the FBI’s initial beginnings of the probe, is sure to bring with it a wave of new information that the public may not be aware of and the bureau’s connections to the intelligence communities role in its initial investigation.

The players: former FBI Director James Comey, former Deputy Director of the FBI Andrew McCabe, former Special Agent Peter Strzok, along with Strzok’s paramour FBI lawyer Lisa Page, are among some of the cast of characters in Horowitz’s report.

Related: The Real Muellergate Scandal + Mueller, Comey, Rosenstein, Weissmann, FBI, DOJ Used Steele Dossier From 2016 To 2019 Knowing It Was A Bogus Report Filled With Lies

Others, like former CIA Director John Brennan, former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper and DOJ official Bruce Ohr may also play a part in his investigation.

However, Horowitz has been careful not to let anything leak – not even the day he plans to release the report, which we now know was completed in mid-September and being reviewed for classification purposes with the FBI and DOJ.

Here’s what to expect: According to several sources the report will be ‘damning’ and will allegedly contain criminal referrals on former FBI officials.

The report will apparently have at least two criminal referrals, said two sources, with knowledge. One of those criminal referrals is expected to be Comey. However, the Inspector General’s office has not been providing comments on the report.

Those referrals allegedly will be made based on information and evidence obtained by the Inspector General and may very well have been the reason Justice Department Attorney General Barr and Connecticut prosecutor John Durham opened a criminal probe into the FBI’s investigation into the President.

Related: Ukrainian MP Claims $7.4 Billion Obama-Linked Laundering, Puts Biden Group Take At $16.5 Million

Some information has already been made public. In a recent interview with Fox New’s Martha McCallum Sen. Lindsey Graham, who has spoken with Barr, said:

"I think his report is going to be stunning. I think it is going to be damning. I think it’s going to prove that the system got off the rails and we need corrective action.”

As chairman of the Senate Judiciary Committee, Graham, told McCallum his committee will be examining the FBI’s use of a FISA warrant on Page, alongside the current investigation being conducted separately by Durham.

He must.

The question as to what extent the senior intelligence and federal law enforcement officials weaponized the most trusted institutions in our nation should be answered and made public for the American people.

If senior government officials broke the law and abused the system then they must be held accountable and there should never be any question of a two-tiered justice system in our nation.

Related Articles:

The Latest False News on the Trump Impeachment

Cross Examination Exposes Gaps in Impeachment Narrative

‘Whistleblower’ Eric Ciaramella Hosted 2016 WH Meeting Ordering Ukraine Officials To Drop Probe Into Hunter Biden

Official Linked to ‘Spygate’ Hatched Plan for Biden to Force Firing of Top Ukrainian Prosecutor

Leaked Bank Records Confirm Burisma-Biden Payments To Morgan Stanley Account

What a Schiff Show! Congressional clowns unleash staged “impeachment theater” that only makes themselves look like moronic fools and cheats

Every Impeachment Witness Has Said Yes to Possible Hunter Biden Conflict of Interest: Stefanik

Joe Biden’s son and his partners received $16.5 million from Burisma - Ukrainian MP

Hunter – You Are The Father! DNA Test Confirms Biden Dad of Arkansas Baby

Bombshell: Ukraine Indicts Burisma Holdings Owner, Demands Trump Open Probe Into Bidens, Dems

Barr Criticizes ‘Incendiary’ Idea of ‘Resistance,’ Defends Trump’s Use of Executive Power

Russophobia and the Impeachment of Donald Trump

Ukrainian Indictment Claims $7.4 Billion Obama-Linked Laundering, Puts Biden Group Take At $16.5 Million

Insufferable Pomposity: Obnoxious State Department Drones Destroyed Ukraine; Their Next Target: Trump

Why Are We in Ukraine?

Rand Paul Names The Whistleblower, Demands Testimony

The Schiff Committee Finds No Impeachable Offense against Donald Trump

White House: Trump Wants Impeachment Trial In The Senate

Impeach the Government: Rogue Agencies Have Been Abusing Their Powers for Decades

FBI: Strzok Failed His Duties by Lack of Response to Clinton Emails on Weiner Laptop

Durham Probe Expands to Pentagon Office That Contracted FBI Spy Stephan Halper

The Hammer Is The Key To The Coup

THE HAMMER is the key to the coup” U.S. Navy Admiral James A. “Ace” Lyons (Ret.) proclaimed to U.S. Air Force Lieutenant General Thomas McInerney (Ret.). Admiral Lyons, who led the largest military command in the world as Commander of the U.S. Navy Pacific Fleet, spoke those words to General McInerney one final time as General McInerney sat beside Admiral Lyon’s deathbed.

Dennis Montgomery designed and built THE HAMMER foreign surveillance supercomputer to keep America safe after 9/11. Montgomery is a software designer and computer expert who worked as a government contractor for the CIA, FBI, NSA, and Defense Department.

Related: Former FBI Attorney Under Criminal Investigation For Fabricating Evidence In Russiagate Probe

According to military sources, THE HAMMER was a powerful foreign surveillance tool intended to monitor terrorists and other foreign adversaries.

On February 3, 2009, at the beginning of President Obama’s first term, John Brennan and James Clapper illegally commandeered the foreign surveillance tool known as THE HAMMER and transformed it into a domestic surveillance system that went operational at a secret government facility at Fort Washington, Maryland. 

Montgomery became a whistleblower to expose Brennan and Clapper’s illegal use of THE HAMMER for domestic surveillance.

Brennan and Clapper illegally spied on Americans, including President Obama’s political enemies, using that domestic surveillance data for “blackmail” and “leverage,” as disclosed in  “The Whistleblower Tapes” and by Montgomery.

Robert Mueller’s FBI supplied the computers for THE HAMMER, according to The Whistleblower Tapes and according to Montgomery.

Related: Exposing The Brennan Dossier: All About A Prime Mover Of Russiagate

Brennan and Clapper used THE HAMMER to spy on Supreme Court Chief Justice John Roberts, Supreme Court Justice Antonin Scalia, 159 Article III judges, FISA Court Presiding Judge Reggie Walton, members of Congress, Wall Street executives, Rudy Giuliani, Lt. General Michael Flynn, Donald Trump, Trump Tower, multiple Trump businesses, and members of the Trump family, according to Montgomery.

Montgomery asserted that Brennan spied on Donald Trump because the CIA feared Trump. According to The Whistleblower Tapes, Brennan and Clapper wiretapped Donald Trump “a zillion times.”

In an interview with his attorney Montgomery said, “There has been a wiretap on Trump for years".

August 2015, FBI Director Comey took possession of 47 hard drives of illegal surveillance from Dennis Montgomery under two limited immunity agreements.

According to Montgomery, the 47 hard drives proved Brennan and Clapper had Donald Trump under illegal surveillance.

December 2015, after the FBI verified the 47 hard drives, Montgomery received greater immunity.

Montgomery provided testimony inside a Sensitive Compartmented Information Facility (SCIF) at the FBI Washington DC Field Office while under oath and being videotaped, for three and one half hours, before Assistant U.S. Attorney Deborah Curtis and FBI Special Agents Walter Giardina and William Barnett.

Related: Ukrainian Docs Claim Millions Funneled To Biden And Kerry Families

March 4, 2017, President Trump on Twitter accused President Obama of wiretapping Trump Tower.

March 7, 2017, WikiLeaks dumped CIA Vault 7 that confirmed the existence of THE HAMMER (HAMR).

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Giuliani Explains "Massive Pay-For-Play" Soros-Ukraine Scheme Facilitated By US Diplomats

Sunday, March 19, 2017, U.S. Air Force General Thomas McInerney (Ret.) broke the story  about “The Whistleblower Tapes” onto America’s airwaves during “Operation Freedom” radio program with Dr. Dave Janda, broadcast on WAAM 1600.   

“The Whistleblower Tapes” recordings were released by U.S. District Judge G. Murray Snow.

Text messages subsequently released by DOJ Inspector General Horowitz revealed that, on Sunday March 19, 2017, FBI Deputy Assistant Director of the Counterintelligence Division Peter Strzok and FBI Attorney Lisa Page exchanged a text message about Montgomery and Montgomery’s attorney Larry Klayman, shortly after General McInerney completed his radio interview.

Monday, March 20, 2017, the following morning, FBI Director Comey went before Congress and launched the Hoax Russian Collusion Investigation.

Comey lied when he told Congress that the FBI could find no evidence supporting President Trump’s accusation that President Obama wiretapped Trump and Trump Tower.

Related: After Weeks of Hearings, Impeachment Evidence Still Limited to Hearsay and Presumptions

Comey was in receipt of Montgomery’s 47 hard drives of evidence since August 2015. Comey assigned FBI Deputy Assistant Director of the Counterintelligence Division Peter Strzok to lead the hoax Trump-Russia Collusion Investigation.

August 17, 2018, John Brennan, on MSNBC’s Rachel Maddow Show, pushed his “Fusion Center” narrative as a cover story for Brennan and Clapper’s illegal commandeering of “THE HAMMER” at Fort Washington to spy on Donald Trump.

The CIA’s charter prohibits the CIA from spying on Americans. “We put together a Fusion Center at CIA that brought NSA and FBI officers together with CIA to make sure that those proverbial dots would be connected” Brennan said.

October 2018, former FBI General Counsel James Baker confirmed before members of Congress that whistleblower Montgomery “who had been a U.S. Government contractor” stated that he had evidence of “unlawful surveillance by the government of Americans - and including government officials.”

Montgomery, Baker stated, “wanted to give that information to the Bureau, which eventually took place.” Baker stated that he dispatched FBI agents to collect computer data storage devices from Montgomery.

Related: Russia Gate Goes Down In History As A Remarkable Display Of American Stupidity + Barr ‘Right’ To Say ‘Spying’ Occurred On Trump Campaign

Assistant U.S. Attorney Deborah Curtis and FBI Special Agents Giardina and Barnett were assigned to Montgomery’s whistleblower case, Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s $35 million hoax Russian Collusion investigation, and the Justice Department’s prosecution of General Michael Flynn.

General Flynn’s attorney Sidney Powell asserts that the Justice Department is withholding exculpatory evidence (so-called Brady material) and that Lisa Page altered the FBI 302 forms from General Flynn’s ambush interview. The Justice Department now claims that the FBI mixed up the authors of the 302s.

September 27, 2019 Assistant U.S. Attorney Deborah Curtis left her position as lead prosecutor on the Michael Flynn case and left the Department of Justice after decades of employment.

On December 3, 2015, Curtis had received classified information from Montgomery about THE HAMMER and about the illegally harvested surveillance information on General Flynn.

Additional Articles:

Brennan’s Fusion Center Fable Is Coverup For “The Hammer” Surveillance System Brennan And Clapper Used To Spy On Trump; Coup Went Into Overdrive March 17, 2017 

Safeguarding The Republic And The Rule Of Law By Exposing The Corrupt Prosecution Of General Flynn

Secret Fisa Court Finding Concludes FBI Used Secret Foreign Surveillance Tool To Spy On Americans, Wall Street Journal Report

Prosecution Hammers Flynn, Bypassing The Rule Of Law And Burying Exculpatory Evidence Of Illegal Surveillance; Deborah Curtis Steps Down

The Real Whistleblower Story: Dennis Montgomery, “The Hammer,” The Hard Drives, The Wiretapping Of Trump, And The Prosecution Of General Flynn

IG Horowitz Covered Up “The Hammer”; Ignored Brennan And Clapper’s Illegal Private Surveillance System That Spied On Trump 

Hours After Trump Tweet Accused Obama Of Wiretapping Trump, The American Report Tweet Warned Trump: Brennan And Clapper Wiretapped You “A Zillion Times”

Blackmail And Leverage: Montgomery ID’s Obama, Brennan, Clapper In Hammer Trump Surveillance Nightmare

Hammertime: Baker Buried Whistleblower Montgomery’s Trump Surveillance Evidence Then Suddenly “Remembered” FBI Had It

Montgomery, ‘The Hammer’ Surveillance System Whistleblower, Became The Deep State’s Enemy Number One After Exposing The Truth

Comey Launched Trump Russia Investigation Day After General Exposed “The Hammer”

Coup D’état: DOJ, FBI Officials On Mueller’s Russia Team In Cover Up Of Mueller’s, Clapper’s, And Brennan’s Surveillance ‘Hammer’ That Spied On Trump, Strzok-Page Text Shows

Did CNN, Wapo Ignore Evidence Of The Hammer Surveillance On Trump?

Obama’s Surveillance Hammer On Trump Worse Than Watergate

CIA Whistleblower: Mueller’s Fbi Computers Spied On Trump And Scotus

CIA Whistleblower Speaks: “There Has Been A Wiretap On Trump For Years”

General Thomas Mcinernery Discusses “The Hammer” The Wiretapping Of Donald Trump “A Zillion Times” By Secret Super Computer Of Brennan And Clapper

Whistleblower Tapes: Trump Wiretapped A “Zillion Times” By “The Hammer,” Brennan’s And Clapper’s Secret Computer System

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’
November 24 2019 | From: MisesInstitute / Quadrant / Various

One of the popular rhetorical moves in the climate change debate is for advocates of aggressive government intervention to claim that “97% of scientists” agree with their position, and so therefore any critics must be unscientific “deniers.”

Now these claims have been dubious from the start; people like David Friedman have demonstrated that the “97% consensus” assertion became a talking point only through a biased procedure that mischaracterized how journal articles were rated, and thereby inflating the estimate.

Related: Climate alarmists drop the polar bear as their mascot since polar bears are thriving, with record population numbers

But beyond that, a review in The New Republic of a book critical of mainstream economics uses the exact same degree of consensus in order to cast aspersions on the science of economics.

In other words, when it comes to the nearly unanimous rejection of rent control or tariffs among professional economists, at least some progressive leftists conclude that there must be group-think involved.

The one consistent thread in both cases - that of the climate scientists and that of the economists - is that The New Republic takes the side that will expand the scope of government power, a central tenet since its birth by Herbert Croly a century ago.

The Dubious “97% Consensus” Claim Regarding Climate Science

Back in 2014, David Friedman worked through the original paper that kicked off the “97% consensus” talking point.

What the original authors, Cook et al., actually found in their 2013 paper was that 97.1% of the relevant articles agreed that humans contribute to global warming.

But notice that that is not at all the same thing as saying that humans are the main contributors to observed global warming (since the Industrial Revolution).

Related: Who Programmed The Eco-Terrorism Zombie? - Ten Reasons Greta Thunberg Is A Fraud + Dozens Of Failed Climate Predictions Stretch 80 Years Back

This is a huge distinction. For example, I co-authored a Cato study with climate scientists Pat Michaels and Chip Knappenberger, in which we strongly opposed a U.S. carbon tax.

Yet both Michaels and Knappenberger would be climate scientists who were part of the “97% consensus” according to Cook et al. That is, Michaels and Knappenberger both agree that, other things equal, human activity that emits carbon dioxide will make the world warmer than it otherwise would be.

That observation by itself does not mean there is a crisis nor does it justify a large carbon tax.

Incidentally, when it comes down to what Cook et al. actually found, economist David R. Henderson noticed that it was even less impressive than what Friedman had reported. Here’s Henderson:

“[Cook et al.] got their 97 percent by considering only those abstracts that expressed a position on anthropogenic global warming (AGW). 

I find it interesting that 2/3 of the abstracts did not take a position. 

So, taking into account David Friedman’s criticism above, and mine, Cook and Bedford, in summarizing their findings, should have said, “Of the approximately one-third of climate scientists writing on global warming who stated a position on the role of humans, 97% thought humans contribute somewhat to global warming.”

That doesn’t quite have the same ring, does it? [David R. Henderson, bold added.]

So to sum up: The casual statements in the corporate media and in online arguments would lead the average person to believe that 97% of scientists who have published on climate change think that humans are the main drivers of global warming.

Related: The Elite Machine Behind Greta Thunberg | The One-Eye Sign: Its Origins And Occult Meaning

And yet, at least if we review the original Cook et al. (2013) paper that kicked off the talking point, what they actually found was that of the sampled papers on climate change, only one-third of them expressed a view about its causes, and then of that subset, 97% agreed that humans were at least one cause of climate change.

This would be truth-in-advertising, something foreign in the political discussion to which all AGW issues now seem to descend.

The New Republic’s Differing Attitudes Towards Consensus

The journal The New Republic was founded in 1914. Its website states: “For over 100 years, we have championed progressive ideas and challenged popular opinion….The New Republic promotes novel solutions for today’s most critical issues.”

With that context, it’s not surprising that The New Republic uses the alleged 97% consensus in climate science the way other progressive outlets typically do.

Here’s an excerpt from a 2015 article (by Rebecca Leber) in which Republicans were excoriated for their anti-science stance on climate change:

“Two years ago, a group of international researchers led by University of Queensland’s John Cook surveyed 12,000 abstracts of peer-reviewed papers on climate change since the 1990s.

Out of the 4,000 papers that took a position one way or another on the causes of global warming, 97 percent of them were in agreement: Humans are the primary cause

By putting a number on the scientific consensus, the study provided everyone from President Barack Obama to comedian John Oliver with a tidy talking point.

Notice already that Leber is helping to perpetuate a falsehood, though she can be forgiven - part of David Friedman’s blog post was to show that Cook himself was responsible (Friedman calls it an outright lie) for the confusion regarding what he and his co-authors actually found.

Related: Head Of World Meteorological Organization Slams Climate Extremists, In Unprecedented Move & NASA Admits That Climate Change Occurs Because Of Changes In Earth’s Solar Orbit, And Not Because Of SUVs And Fossil Fuels

And notice that Leber confirms what I have claimed in this post, namely that it was the Cook et al. (2013) paper that originally provided the “talking point” (her term) about so-called consensus.

The point of Leber’s essay is to then denounce Ted Cruz and certain other Republicans for ignoring this consensus among climate scientists:

“All this debate over one statistic might seem silly, but it’s important that Americans understand there is overwhelming agreement about human-caused global warming.

Deniers have managed to undermine how the public views climate science, which in turn makes voters less likely to support climate action.

Now here’s what’s really interesting. A colleague sent me a recent review in The New Republic of a new book by Binyan Appelbaum that is critical of the economics profession.

Related: FBI Document Adds “Fringe” Conspiracy Theories As Next Big Domestic Terror Threat & CIA, Climate And
Conspiracy: More Notes From The Edge Of The Narrative Matrix

The reviewer, Robin Kaiser-Schatzlein, quoted with approval Appelbaum’s low view of consensus in economics:

“Appelbaum shows the strangely high degree of consensus in the field of economics, including a 1979 survey of economists that “found 98 percent opposed rent controls, 97 percent opposed tariffs, 95 percent favored floating exchange rates, and 90 percent opposed minimum wage laws.”

And in a moment of impish humor he notes that “Although nature tends toward entropy, they shared a confidence that economies tend toward equilibrium.” 

Economists shared a creepy lack of doubt about how the world worked.

Isn’t that amazing?

Rather than hunting down and demonizing Democratic politicians who dare to oppose the expert consensus on items like rent control - which Bernie Sanders has recently promoted - the reaction here is to guffaw at the hubris and “creepy lack of doubt about how the world [works].”


From the beginning, the “97% consensus” claim about climate change has been dubious, with supporters claiming that it represented much more than it really did.

Furthermore, a recent book review in The New Republic shows that when it comes to economic science, 97% consensus means nothing, if it doesn’t support progressive politics.

Related Articles:

One World Government Through Climate Change Scam

The Ultimate Scam: How Al Gore Became The World’s First Carbon Billionaire” By Profiting Off Irrational
Climate Fears

11,000 Experts Propose Final Solution To Global Warming: Just Kill Billions Of People

Eco-GENOCIDE: 11,000 scientists sign order demanding globalists ELIMINATE billions of humans from planet Earth

Greta Thunberg slams Facebook's inaction on hate speech, misinformation

"We've Had Fires Since Time Began": Australia Deputy PM Slams "Enlightened, Woke Capital-City Greenies"

College professor pens scathing and brilliant ‘open letter’ to teen climate activist Greta Thunberg

Was this zoologist punished for telling school kids politically incorrect facts about polar bears?

Liberal Fun Police Add Binge-Watching To List Of Climate No-Nos

Academics demand career breaks so they can save the planet from climate change

Controversial Polar Bear Scientist Deserves Academic Freedom

Warmist waffle, the albatross round Attenborough’s neck

Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’

There’s a top-level oceanographer and meteorologist who is prepared to cry “Nonsense!”on the “global warming crisis” evident to climate modellers but not in the real world. He’s as well or better qualified than the modellers he criticises - the ones whose Year 2100 forebodings of 4degC warming have set the world to spending $US1.5 trillion a year to combat CO2 emissions.

The iconoclast is Dr. Mototaka Nakamura. In June he put out a small book in Japanese on “the sorry state of climate science”.

Related: “Stop the Lies”: Mural of Greta Thunberg Defaced in Canada

It’s titled Confessions of a climate scientist: the global warming hypothesis is an unproven hypothesis, and he is very much qualified to take a stand. From 1990 to 2014 he worked on cloud dynamics and forces mixing atmospheric and ocean flows on medium to planetary scales.

His bases were MIT (for a Doctor of Science in meteorology), Georgia Institute of Technology, Goddard Space Flight Centre, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, Duke and Hawaii Universities and the Japan Agency for Marine-Earth Science and Technology. He’s published about 20 climate papers on fluid dynamics.

Today’s vast panoply of “global warming science” is like an upside down pyramid built on the work of a few score of serious climate modellers.

They claim to have demonstrated human-derived CO2 emissions as the cause of recent global warming and project that warming forward. Every orthodox climate researcher takes such output from the modellers’ black boxes as a given. 

A fine example is from the Australian Academy of Science’s explanatory booklet of 2015. It claims, absurdly, that the models’ outputs are “compelling evidence” for human-caused warming.

Related: Climate Change Hoax Collapses As Michael Mann’s Bogus “Hockey Stick” Graph Defamation Lawsuit Dismissed By The Supreme Court Of British Columbia

Specifically, it refers to model runs with and without human emissions and finds the “with” variety better matches the 150-year temperature record (which itself is a highly dubious construct). Thus satisfied, the Academy then propagates to the public and politicians the models’ forecasts for disastrous warming this century.

Now for Dr Nakamura’s expert demolition of the modelling.

There was no English edition of his book in June and only a few bits were translated and circulated. But Dr Nakamura last week offered via a free Kindle version his own version in English. It’s not a translation but a fresh essay leading back to his original conclusions.

The temperature forecasting models trying to deal with the intractable complexities of the climate are no  better than “toys” or “Mickey Mouse mockeries” of the real world, he says.

This is not actually a radical idea. The IPCC in its third report (2001) conceded (emphasis added),

In climate research and modelling, we should recognize that we are dealing with a coupled non-linear chaotic system, and therefore that the long-term prediction of future climate states is not possible."

(Chapter 14, Section )

Somehow that official warning was deep-sixed by the alarmists.

Now Nakamura has found it again, further accusing the orthodox scientists of “data falsification” by adjusting previous temperature data to increase apparent warming “The global surface mean temperature-change data no longer have any scientific value and are nothing except a propaganda tool to the public,” he writes.

Related: Top New Zealand Scientist Describes “Global Warming” As Pseudo-Science

The climate models are useful tools for academic studies, he says.

However, “the models just become useless pieces of junk or worse (worse in a sense that they can produce gravely misleading output) when they are used for climate forecasting."

The reason:

"These models completely lack some critically important  climate processes and feedbacks, and represent some other critically important climate processes and feedbacks in grossly distorted manners to the extent that makes these models totally useless for any meaningful climate prediction.

I myself used to use climate simulation models for scientific studies, not for predictions, and learned about their problems and limitations in the process."

Nakamura and colleagues even tried to patch up some of the models’ crudeness;

…so I know the workings of these models very well …

For better or worse I have more or less lost interest in the climate science and am not thrilled to spend so much of my time and energy in this kind of writing beyond the point that satisfies my own sense of obligation to the US and Japanese taxpayers who financially supported my higher education and spontaneous and free research activity. So please expect this to be the only writing of this sort coming from me.

I am confident that some honest and courageous, true climate scientists will continue to publicly point out the fraudulent claims made by the mainstream climate science community in English.

I regret to say this but I am also confident that docile and/or incompetent Japanese climate researchers will remain silent until the ’mainstream climate science community’ changes its tone, if ever.

He projects warming from CO2 doubling, “according to the true experts”, to be only 0.5degC. He says he doesn’t dispute the possibility of either catastrophic warming or severe glaciation since the climate system’s myriad non-linear processes swamp “the toys” used for climate predictions.

Related: UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

Climate forecasting is simply impossible, if only because future changes in solar energy output are unknowable. 

As to the impacts of human-caused CO2, they can’t be judged “with the knowledge and technology we currently possess.”

Other gross model simplifications include:

Ignorance about large and small-scale ocean dynamics

A complete lack of meaningful representations of aerosol changes that generate clouds.

Lack of understanding of drivers of ice-albedo (reflectivity) feedbacks: “Without a reasonably accurate representation, it is impossible to make any meaningful predictions of climate variations and changes in the middle and high latitudes and thus the entire planet.”

Inability to deal with water vapor elements

Arbitrary “tunings” (fudges) of key parameters that are not understood

Concerning CO2 changes he says:

I want to point out a simple fact that it is impossible to correctly predict even the sense or direction of a change of a system when the prediction tool lacks and/or grossly distorts important non-linear processes, feedbacks in particular, that are present in the actual system …

… The real or realistically-simulated climate system is far more complex than an absurdly simple system simulated by the toys that have been used for climate predictions to date, and will be insurmountably difficult for those naïve climate researchers who have zero or very limited understanding of geophysical fluid dynamics.

I understand geophysical fluid dynamics just a little, but enough to realize that the dynamics of the atmosphere and oceans are absolutely critical facets of the climate system if one hopes to ever make any meaningful prediction of climate variation.

Solar input, absurdly, is modelled as a “never changing quantity”. He says, “It has only been several decades since we acquired  an ability to accurately monitor the incoming solar energy.

In these several decades only, it has varied by one to two watts per square metre. Is it reasonable to assume that it will not vary any more than that in the next hundred years or longer for forecasting purposes?

I would say, No.”

Related: Weather Channel founder Tells CNN “Climate Change Is A Hoax” - 31,000 Scientists Agree & Al Gore Confuses Tides With Global Warming Ocean Rise Apocalypse, Claims Fish Are “Swimming In The Streets” Of Miami Due To Climate Change

Good modelling of oceans is crucial, as the slow ocean currents are transporting vast amounts of heat around the globe, making the minor atmospheric heat storage changes almost irrelevant.

For example, the Gulf Stream has kept western Eurasia warm for centuries. On time scales of more than a few years, it plays a far more important role on climate than atmospheric changes.

“It is absolutely vital for any meaningful climate prediction to be made with a reasonably accurate representation of the state and actions of the oceans.”

In real oceans rather than modelled ones, just like in the atmosphere, the smaller-scale flows often tend to counteract the effects of the larger-scale flows.

Nakamura spent hundreds of hours vainly trying to remedy the flaws he observed, concluding that the models “result in a grotesque distortion of the mixing and transport of momentum, heat and salt, thereby making the behaviour of the climate simulation models utterly unrealistic."

Related: Climate Hoax

Proper ocean modelling would require a tenfold improvement in spatial resolution and a vast increase in computing power, probably requiring quantum computers. If or when quantum computers can reproduce the small-scale interactions, the researchers will remain out of their depth because of their traditional simplifying of conditions.

Key model elements are replete with “tunings” i.e. fudges. Nakamura explains how that trick works:

“The models are ‘tuned’ by tinkering around with values of various parameters until the best compromise is obtained.

I used to do it myself. It is a necessary and unavoidable procedure and not a problem so long as the user is aware of its ramifications and is honest about it.

But it is a serious and fatal flaw if it is used for climate forecasting/prediction purposes."

One set of fudges involves clouds.

“Ad hoc representation of clouds may be the greatest source of uncertainty in climate prediction. A profound fact is that only a very small change, so small that it cannot be measured accurately…

in the global cloud characteristics can completely offset the warming effect of the doubled atmospheric CO2.”

Two such characteristics are an increase in cloud area and  a decrease in the average size of cloud particles.

“Accurate simulation of cloud is simply impossible in climate models since it requires calculations of processes at scales smaller than 1mm.

Instead, the modellers put in their own cloud parameters. Anyone studying real cloud formation and then the treatment in climate models would be “flabbergasted by the perfunctory treatment of clouds in the models..”"

Nakamura describes as “moronic” the claims that “tuned” ocean models are good enough for climate predictions.

That’s because, in tuning some parameters, other aspects of the model have to become extremely distorted.

He says a large part of the forecast global warming is attributed to water vapor changes, not CO2 changes.

“But the fact is this: all climate simulation models perform poorly in reproducing the atmospheric water vapor and its radiative forcing observed in the current climate…

Related: Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

They have only a few parameters that can be used to ‘tune’ the performance of the models and (are) utterly unrealistic.”

Positive water vapor feedbacks from CO2 increases are artificially enforced by the modelers.

They neglect other reverse feedbacks in the real world, and hence they exaggerate forecast warming.

The supposed measuring of global average temperatures from 1890 has been based on thermometer readouts barely covering 5 per cent of the globe until the satellite era began 40-50 years ago.

“We do not know how global climate has changed in the past century, all we know is some limited regional climate changes, such as in Europe, North America and parts of Asia.”

This makes meaningless the Paris targets of 1.5degC or 2degC above pre-industrial levels.

He is contemptuous of claims about models being “validated”, saying the modellers are merely “trying to construct narratives that justify the use of these models for climate predictions."

Related: NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in HistoryNASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History

And he concludes;

The take-home message is (that) all climate simulation models, even those with the best parametric representation scheme for convective motions and clouds, suffer from a very large degree of arbitrariness in the representation of processes that determine the atmospheric water vapor and cloud fields.

Since the climate models are tuned arbitrarily …there is no reason to trust their predictions / forecasts.

With values of parameters that are supposed to represent many complex processes being held constant, many nonlinear processes in the real climate system are absent or grossly distorted in the models.

It is a delusion to believe that simulation models that lack important nonlinear processes in the real climate system can predict (even) the sense or direction of the climate change correctly.

I was distracted from his message because the mix of Japanese and English scripts in the book kept crashing my Kindle software.

Still, I persevered. I recommend you do too. There’s at least $US30 trillion ($US30,000, 000,000,000) hanging on this bunfight.

Related Articles:

Study Finds the Wealthy & Celebrities Aren’t Changing Their Flying Habits to Reduce CO2 Emissions

Top NZ Scientist Describes “Global Warming” as Pseudo-Science

NBC News Ridiculed After 'Climate Confessions' Goes Horribly Awry

Mad science “SCoPEx” extinction scheme to block the sun by polluting the entire planet detailed in “Oblivion Agenda” lecture video now posted

Greta the hysterical climate teen has filed a formal complaint with the U.N. over climate change – who’s scripting all this?

Exposing the Greta Thunberg climate hysteria, one article at a time

Liberal logic: We’re all gonna die within 7 years, so it’s okay to molest children and murder babies

Global Warming Fraud Exposed In Pictures

Is the Climate Change Emergency a Giant Scam Endorsed by Pope Francis and the UN?

Manufactured climate hysteria of Greta Thunberg a repeat of what Severn Cullis-Suzuki did back in 1992

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Man Who “Hacked” NASA & The AFSPC Gives A New Interview Describing What He Found
November 23 2019 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

The field of UFOlogy has long been muddled with disinformation campaigns and bad journalism, and sometimes this journalism includes infiltration efforts by intelligence agencies themselves.

This is clear given the fact that intelligence agencies have a direct relationship with journalists and mainstream media outlets, as there are declassified documents showing so. 

Related: Chilean Air Force Receives A Radar Return of A UFO Equal To The Size of Ten or More Aircraft Carriers

Operation mockingbird is a great example, not to mention all of the mainstream media journalists who have come out and said that mainstream media is directly influenced by intelligence agencies, governments and corporations.

You can find some of these documents and see examples of these whistleblowers in two previous articles I’ve published that go into more detail here, and here.

In Brief:

The Facts: Nearly two decades ago, Gary Mckinnon of the UK accesses nearly 100 NASA and Department of Defence, including the US Air Force Space command. He faced extradition for 10 years after finding a picture of a UFO and a list of "non terrestrial officers."

Reflect On: How sheltered are we from certain information? Has 'national security' simply become an excuse to keep information concealed from the public to protect corporate and government interests?

When it comes to UFOs, we know that they’re real, but we also know that along with that reality there has been “an official campaign of ridicule and secrecy.” (Ex-CIA Director Roscoe Hillenkoetter)

Perhaps this ridicule campaign carries on today through some rather ghastly, unbelievable claims, but let’s not let that mask the fact that this phenomenon is indeed real, and there are a plethora of credible sources including documents, data, physical evidence, and more suggesting we’re not alone, and that we probably are being visited and have been visited by intelligent extraterrestrial beings from other worlds and possibly other dimensions.

Related: Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of

A lot of this evidence has come from UFOlogist Richard Dolan, who has always been a key resource for me with regards to accessing credible information about the UFO phenomenon.

I find that it’s important to seek out proper researchers who share information in a credible and verifiable way, especially about a subject that can so easily be ridiculed when you are trying to reach the masses who don’t have much knowledge about it, but are genuinely curious.

I also feel that my generation of UFO researchers lack proper research and investigative skills, are easily influenced and swayed, and in the age of social media are simply trying to share whatever they can, no matter how credible, to simply ‘stay relevant,’ instead of doing it for the love and genuine desire to share important, truthful information.

Like I said, there are some rather ‘outside the box claims’ out there that have absolutely no credibility behind them, and to share those actually does more disservice to the movement, in my opinion.

Related: US Navy Confirms UFOs Are Real Using Two Videos of Mysterious Objects

On the other hand, there are some very outside the box claims and information that do indeed have tremendous amounts of credibility behind them, and these are the ones we should be paying attention to. One example comes from the case of Garry McKinnon, who for 10 years was in great danger of extradition to the United States for accessing nearly 100 NASA and military computers including the United States Space Command.

This was the real deal, and here is a clip of Obama and the UK Prime Minister at the time fielding a question about Garry, this breach made headlines new.

Garry was able to access these computers in real time and view files on them.

He found some startling pictures, one in particular was of a large cylindrical shaped UFO hovering in space, in addition to a strange spreadsheet document with a list of “non-terrestrial officers,” presumably belonging to a publicly unacknowledged branch of the United States military operating in space, as well as “fleet to fleet” transfers of materials, whatever that means.

I’ll let you listen to the interview below for more details straight from Garry McKinnon’s mouth, via Dolan’s Youtube Channel, where he also describes a high-resolution photograph, taken from space, of a smooth, cigar-shaped craft.

The Real Secret Space Program

Is there a secret space program, and have clandestine groups been reverse engineering ET technology?

Dr. David Clarke is an investigative journalist, reader and lecturer at Sheffield Hallam University in England.

Related: Scientific American admits: Extraterrestrials likely to be far more intelligent than humans… and we’re stupid to deny their existence

He was also the curator for The National Archives UFO project from 2008–2013, and regularly comments in national and international media on UFOs.

These documents reveal how the RAF expressed great interest in finding UFOs.

Dr. Clarke told The Daily Mail;

Even though they have been partly censored they can’t conceal the fact the UK military were interested in capturing UFO technology or what they coyly refer to as ‘novel weapon technology’…

And the files reveal they were desperate to capture this technology – wherever it came from – before the Russians or the Chinese got hold of it first….

Although this was 1997, Russia was still regarded as an undefeated enemy with a weapons programme regarded as a threat to the West.

The question is: Did they get one? More on that later…

“The military personnel who are encountering these phenomena tell remarkable stories.

In one example, over the course of two weeks in November 2004, the USS Princeton, a guided-missile cruiser operating advanced naval radar, repeatedly detected unidentified aircraft operating in and around the Nimitz carrier battle group, which it was guarding off the coast of San Diego.

In some cases, according to incident reports and interviews with military personnel, these vehicles descended from altitudes higher than 60,000 feet at supersonic speeds, only to suddenly stop and hover as low as 50 feet above the ocean."

Christopher Mellon, former Assistant Secretary of Defence.

We don’t know the answer to these questions, but we do know that the United States has a history of government agencies existing in secrecy for years. The National Security Agency (NSA) was founded in 1952, and its existence was hidden until the mid 1960s.

Even more secretive is the National Reconnaissance Office, which was founded in 1960 but remained a secret for 30 years.

We are talking about Special Access Programs (SAP). From these we have unacknowledged and waived SAPs. These programs do not exist publicly, but they do indeed exist.

Related: DECLAS, Disclosure And New Ascension Film Incoming

They are better known as ‘deep black programs.’ A 1997 US Senate report described them as “so sensitive that they are exempt from standard reporting requirements to the Congress.”  (Source)

We also know that there is a black budget to fund these programs.

Here is another great discussion with Dolan titled “Secret Space Program, Real Evidence.”

Are These Objects Extraterrestrial?

There are literally hundreds of people with extensive academic, political and military backgrounds, all the way to astronauts, who have been blowing the whistle for a very long time. 

Many scientific publications have also been made throughout the years describing strange and radar confirmed military sightings by military pilots. You can see some evidence and documentation from this article I wrote regarding the Chilean Air Force.

According to Herman Oberth, one of the founding fathers of rocketry and astronautics, “flying saucers are real and . . . they are space ships from another solar system.

Related: Whether You Know It Or Not, You’re Being Prepared For Contact With Extraterrestrials

I think that they possibly are manned by intelligent observers who are members of a race that may have been investigating our Earth for centuries.” (Oberth, Hermann: “Flying Saucers Come from a Distant World,” The American Weekly, October 24, 1954)  (Source 1) (Source 2)

“We have, indeed, been contacted - perhaps even visited - by extraterrestrial beings, and the US government, in collusion with the other national powers of the Earth, is determined to keep this information from the general public.”

- Victor Marchetti (Second Look, Volume 1, No 7, Washington, DC, May, 1979)

Another great quote:

“There are objects in our atmosphere which are technically miles in advance of anything we can deploy… we have no means of stopping them from coming here… there is a serious possibility that we are being visited and have been visited for many years by people from outer space, from other civilizations…

This should be the subject of rigorous scientific investigation and not the subject of ‘rubbishing’ by tabloid newspapers.”

Lord Admiral Hill-Norton, former Chief of Defence Staff, 5 Star Admiral of the Royal Navy, Chairman of the NATO Military Committee

The point is, if you believe some of these objects are indeed extraterrestrial, you are not alone. Couple these statements with the claims of thousands of individuals who have had contactee and abduction experiences who’ve shared remarkably consistent stories, it’s definitely a plausible hypothesis for the UFO phenomenon.

The Takeaway

What are the implications of extraterrestrial contact? Humanity will always go through paradigm shifting realizations that will jolt human consciousness.

Related: Joe Rogan “Pushed Over The Edge” About UFOs After His Recent Podcast With Bob Lazar

Right now, we have a lot of work to do here on Earth, and we should be focusing on cleaning up our planet and ridding it of greed, destruction, war, etc.

I feel that the ET reality is somehow connected to that realization, and the need and urgency that many of us feel regarding the planet and service to others.

What about you?

Related Articles:

New York Times Says Air Force, CIA Covered Up Reality of UFOs Major Media Shift in Stance on UFOs

Is US Navy Disclosing Extraterrestial Technology Via New Patents?

UFO Cover-Up Two Page Summary of Book Disclosure - Bottom Line is Repression of Unlimited Free Energy

CIA Confirms UFOs – Learn More at Disclosure Event

UFO Stuff

Former US defense official: We know UFOs are real - here's why that's concerning

Extraterrestrials, Consciousness, and Why Nuclear War Is Not Going To Happen

Newly Discovered “Co-Orbital Objects” Could Be Extraterrestrial Probes Watching Us

Victor Camacho Reveals Forbidden Extraterrestrial Archaeology From Mexico

Crowd of UFO fans seeking to ‘raid Area 51’ hits 1 MILLION despite US Air Force warning

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

CNN Admits The Health Ranger Has Been Right All Along: Sunscreen Chemicals Are Absorbed Into Your Bloodstream Where They Can Promote Cancer
November 22 2019 | From: NaturalNews / Various

The Center for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER), a branch of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), has published the results of a pilot study looking at the safety of many common sunscreen products – and what was discovered is that sunscreen chemicals absorb into the bloodstream via the skin in a matter of hours.

As reported by CNN and others, the results of the study, which were published in the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA), reveal that, rather than evaporate or wash off, sunscreen chemicals persist and accumulate in people’s bodies through their skin, which is the body’s largest organ.

Related: Sunscreen chemicals are Killing you (and poisoning the environment)

CDER looked at four common chemicals used in conventional sunscreen products: avobenzone, oxybenzone, ecamsule, and octocrylene.

What the agency found is that concentrations of three of them continue to rise inside the body with each subsequent application, and persist there for at least 24 hours after sunscreen use has ceased.

According to the FDA, these four chemicals, as well as eight others that are also commonly used in many sunscreen products, need to be better researched by manufacturers before they can receive the FDA’s coveted designation of being “generally regarded as safe and effective.”

“It’s not news that things that you put on your skin are absorbed into the body,”
says Scott Faber, senior vice president for government affairs at the Environmental Working Group (EWG), a consumer advocacy group.

This study is the FDA’s way of showing sunscreen manufacturers they need to do the studies to see if chemical absorption poses health risks.

Related: Sunscreen Causes Cancer? What You May Not Know About Sunscreen

For related news about the FDA, be sure to visit FDA.news.

Natural News Has Been Warning About Dangerous Sunscreen Chemicals for More Than a Decade

As the FDA catches up with the times, it’s important to note that Natural News has been warning the public about the dangers and ineffectiveness of conventional sunscreen products for well over a decade.

As you may recall from back in 2007, we published The Sunscreen Myth, a comprehensive paper and CounterThink cartoon that goes into great detail about why the entire concept behind sunscreen supposedly protecting the skin against cancer is a myth – and the fact that many sunscreen products actually cause cancer.

The Sunscreen Myth also explains how sunscreen chemicals absorb directly through the skin and immediately enter the bloodstream, loading people’s bodies with all sorts of synthetic compounds that may or may not get effectively detoxified and excreted by the liver and other cleansing organs.

Related: Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

Like cigarette advertising from the past that claimed doctors favored smoking, the sunscreen hysteria of today is based on little more than fear-mongering and pseudoscience.

Truth be told, our bodies need sunlight in order to generate immune-supportive vitamin D – a pro-hormone nutrient that’s effectively blocked by sunscreen.

"There is no need for sunscreen, but the cancer industry and sunscreen manufacturers have created a fictitious need through a campaign of fear and disinformation, hypnotizing practically the entire population into believing one of the most ridiculous ideas in the universe: that sunlight is bad for human health,"
explains The Sunscreen Myth.

“They didn’t run and hide from the sun, they used it as nourishment to generate a crucial vitamin that supports human health in a multitude of ways. The idea that “the sun is bad for you” makes about as much sense as ‘water is bad for you’ or ‘the Earth is flat,'” it adds.

It is also recommended that readers check out “The Trouble with Ingredients in Sunscreen,” put out by EWG as a public educational resource.

To learn more about the vital importance of vitamin D for optimal health, be sure to check out VitaminD.news.

Related Articles:

Top 10 Reasons To Avoid Sunscreen Like The Plague

Chlorine in swimming pools transforms sunscreen into cancer-causing toxic chemical right on your skin

Scientists Blow The Lid On Cancer & Sunscreen Myth

Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

Cancer Industry Plotting To Destroy The New Cancer Cure Developed By Israeli Scientists - The Attacks Have Already Begun

Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things A Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

Cancer Warning! Why you may need more sun

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Ecology And The Human Heart
November 21 2019 | From: UpliftConnect / Various

The Ripple Effect of Finding Internal Balance.

According to Buddhist teaching, there is a very close interdependence between the natural environment and the sentient beings living in it.

Related: The Guru Obsession: Why No One Is Qualified To Be Anyone’s Guru

Some of my friends have told me that basic human nature is somewhat violent, but I told them I disagree.

If we examine different animals, for example, those whose very survival depends on taking others lives, such as tigers or lions, we learnt that their basic nature provides them with sharp fangs and claws.

Peaceful animals, such as deer, which are completely vegetarian, are gentler and have smaller teeth and no claws. From that viewpoint we human beings have a non-violent nature.

As to the question of human survival, human beings are social animals. In order to survive we need companions. Without other human beings there is simply no possibility of surviving; that is a law of nature.

Since I deeply believe that human beings are basically gentle by nature, I feel that we should not only maintain gentle, peaceful relations with our fellow human beings but also that it is very important to extend the same kind of attitude towards the natural environment.

Morally speaking, we should be concerned for our whole environment.

We depend on our environment and our environment depends on us

Related: Science As We Know It Can’t Explain Consciousness – But A Revolution Is Coming

Then there is another viewpoint, not just a question of ethics but a question of our own survival. The environment is very important not only for this generation but also for future generations.

If we exploit the environment in extreme ways, even though we may get some money or other benefit from it now, in the long run we ourselves will suffer and future generations will suffer.

When the environment changes, climatic conditions also change. When they change dramatically, the economy and many other things change as well. Even our physical health will be greatly affected. So this is not merely a moral question but also a question of our own survival.

Therefore, in order to succeed in the protection and conservation of the natural environment, I think it is important first of all to bring about an internal balance within human beings themselves.

Related: Scientists: Earth’s Magnetic Fields Carry Biologically Relevant Information That ‘Connects All Living Systems’

The abuse of the environment, which has resulted in such harm to the human community, arose out of ignorance of the importance of the environment.

I think it is essential to help people to understand this. We need to teach people that the environment has a direct bearing on our own benefit.

I am always talking about the importance of compassionate thought. As I said earlier, even from your own selfish viewpoint, you need other people.

So, if you develop concern for other people’s welfare, share other people’s suffering, and help them, ultimately you will benefit. If you think only of yourself and forget about others, ultimately you will lose. That is also something like a law of nature.

Caring for others is also caring for ourselves

Related: The Limitations From Accepting Things As ‘Normal’

It is quite simple: if you do not smile at people, but frown at them, they respond similarly, don’t they? If you deal with other people in a very sincere, open way, they behave similarly.

Everybody wants to have friends and does not want enemies. The proper way to create friends is to have a warm heart, not simply money or power.

The friend of power and the friend of money are something different: These are not true friends. True friends should be real friends of heart, shouldn’t they?

I am always telling people that those friends who come around when you have money and power are not truly your friends, but friends of money and power, because as soon as the money and power disappear, those friends are also ready to leave.

They are not reliable.

Genuine, human friends stand by, whether you are successful or unlucky, and always share your sorrow and burdens. The way to make such friends is not by being angry, nor by having good education or intelligence, but by having a good heart.

True connection comes from the heart: From kindness

Related: A film about purpose in life, seen through the eyes of a Buddhist monk and his son

To think more deeply, if you must be selfish, then be wisely selfish, not narrow-mindedly selfish. The key thing is the sense of universal responsibility; that is the real source of strength, the real source of happiness.

If our generation exploits everything available – the trees, the water, and the minerals – without any care for the coming generations or the future, then we are at fault, aren’t we?

But if we have a genuine sense of universal responsibility as our central motivation, then our relations with our neighbors, both domestic and international, improves.

Another important question is: What is consciousness, what is the mind? In the Western world, during the last one or two centuries there has been great emphasis on science and technology, which mainly deal with matter.

Your Life in One Minute

Life's journey is unpredictable. But that part of it called death isn't.

Yet most of us don't like to talk about death. In fact, we are so afraid to face our own mortality that we do anything we can to avoid thinking about it.

But let's admit it: Whether we like it or not, we're all going to die. And one thing is certain: To pretend like we won't die isn't going to make our lives any better.

On the contrary, when we don't accept death we can't truly enjoy life. If you'd like to understand why, check out my newest video where I'm sharing my thoughts on the matter.

Watch Now: Death: The Prophecy That Never Fails

Today some nuclear physicists and neurologists say that when you investigate particles in a very detailed way, there is some kind of influence from the side of the observer, the knower. What is this knower?

A simple answer is; A human being, the scientist. How does the scientist know? With the brain, Western scientists have identified only a few hundred so far.

Now, whether you call it mind, brain, or consciousness, there is a relationship between brain and mind and also mind and matter. I think this is important.

I feel it is possible to hold some sort of dialogue between Eastern philosophy and Western science on the basis of this relationship.

No doctor can give you an injection of mental peace, and no market can sell it to you

Related: Meditation For Beginners: A Guide To Inner Tranquility

In any case, these days we human beings are very much more involved in the external world, while we neglect the internal world.

We do need scientific development and material development in order to survive and to increase the general benefit and prosperity, but equally as much we need mental peace.

Yet no doctor can give you an injection of mental peace, and no market can sell it to you. If you go to a supermarket with millions and millions of dollars, you can buy anything, but if you go there and ask for peace of mind, people will laugh.

And if you ask a doctor for genuine peace of mind, not the mere sedation you get from taking some kind of pill or injection, the doctor cannot help you.

Even today’s sophisticated computers cannot provide you with mental peace.

Related: In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

Mental peace must come from the mind. Everyone wants happiness and pleasure, but if we compare physical pleasure and physical pain with mental pleasure and mental pain, we find that the mind is more effective, predominant, and superior.

Thus it is worthwhile adopting certain methods to increase mental peace, and in order to do that, it is important to know more about the mind. When we talk about preservation of the environment, it is related to many other things.

The key point is to have genuine sense of universal responsibility, based on love and compassion, and clear awareness.

Related Articles:

There’s Growing Evidence That the Universe Is Connected by Giant Structures

Missing Links with Gregg Braden

What's Really Going On? | Dr. Dietrich Klinghardt

Russian Ministry of Defense Article Claims Humans Can Telepathically Communicate With Dolphins

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

DECLAS, Disclosure And New Ascension Film Incoming
November 20 2019 | From: DivineCosmos

On September 16th, 2019, the US Military formally acknowledged that UFOs exist. On one level, this is THE moment we’ve been working towards since I began posting disclosure articles online in 1996.

It has been very surprising to see how little our society has changed since we got the “Formal Acknowledgement” we’ve all been waiting for in the UFO community.

Related: Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Disclosure is only one of a constellation of very exciting events showing us we are heading into civilization-defining changes in our very near future.

These are the very changes we have been working to produce for over twenty years now: anti-gravity, free energy and a world free from genocidal cults wishing to destroy almost all life on earth.

Executive Summary of This Article's Contents

Salvatore Cesar Pais generated exciting controversy on June 28th, when the media discovered he had filed a patent for an antigravity flying triangle craft - on behalf of the Navy.

Related: Endgame: Disclosure, The Antarctic Atlantis And NEW Ancient Extra-Terrestrial Ruins

The pictures in the patent look exactly like witness descriptions of the TR-3B “flying black triangle” that we all know and love.

On August 2nd, we discovered that that this anti-gravity Hybrid Air-Underwater Craft (HAUC) is already an ‘operable’, fully-functioning device…

According to U.S. Naval Aviation Enterprise’s Chief Technology Officer Dr. James Sheehy… and others.

So then, where is it, guys?

Just six weeks later, on September 16th, the Navy admitted that some type of UFOs are regularly operating in our airspace - as we will discuss.

The UFOs being discussed could very well be some version of the HAUCs the Navy disclosed patents for just six weeks earlier.

Just ten days after the Big Disclosure Announcement, on September 26th, the US Navy published a patent for a literal free-energy compact fusion reactor.

Related: Extracting Energy From The Quantum Vacuum: Can Zero-Point Energy Power Our Planet? & For 30 Years The US Department Of Energy And “Scientific Establishment” Has Blocked The Truth About Cold Fusion (Low-Energy Nuclear Reactions), The Ultimate “Renewable” Energy Solution For Humanity

This device can generate massive power - up to a terawatt (a trillion watts) - for as little as a thousand watts of input power!

The new reactor can be as small as a foot across (0.3 meters). By comparison, the US’s largest nuclear power plant, Palo Verde in Arizona, ‘only’ generates four gigawatts. A terawatt is a thousand gigawatts.

This story was broken exclusively by The Drive, an online publication tracking military matters, as of October 9th..

Very strangely, the free-energy device was patented by the same scientist who filed the TR-3B anti-gravity patent - Salvatore Pais!

The obvious implication is that you could drop Pais’ free-energy device into his HAUC anti-gravity ship - and away you go!!

This exotic new free-energy system is made possible by a room-temperature superconducting piezo-electric film, made of lead zirconate titanate, which Salvatore Pais also patented, and was published on February 21st, 2019.

Then, less than a month after we found out free energy is coming, the enigmatic and controversial Q posts resumed on November 2nd, 2019... thank God!

Related: Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins

We had briefings revealing that Q’s internal communications had been compromised, and elaborate workarounds were required to regain proper security.

We have since discovered that the new ‘8kun’ website is hosted on the DOD’s own server, so it cannot be taken down again!

This is yet another of many very obvious indications that Q is being run by the Alliance -a group within the US military and intelligence communities working to defeat the Deep State.

Additional: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate
Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal does.

Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like

Related Articles:

Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story

Q is now talking a very big game about imminent indictments, before the end of 2019, in post 3587. I do not believe we are going to be disappointed this time.

The first massive wave of DECLAS is now expected to drop any day in the now greatly-enhanced FISA report. Leaks indicate it will be far more damaging than anyone expects.

The Q team also directly mentioned Project Looking Glass in post 3585. Looking Glass is a reverse-engineered future-viewing technology we have leaked intel about for twelve years now, since March 2008.

The obvious ‘hint’ was that technologies like LG were used to assess the future and time these Alliance operations for maximum impact.

Related: DECLAS: Social Media Nukes An Entire Generation - But Why?

My webmaster Larry Seyer uploaded The 2012 Enigma originally on Google Video, and later YouTube, before I even had my own channel.

With countless stolen copies that generated hundreds of thousands of views, and the original Google Video version that had millions of views before being shut down, 2012 Enigma is still the most popular video I’ve ever made.

Looking Glass was the star of the show - an Atlantean technology that reverse-engineered the human pineal gland into a future-viewing technology.

When we add it all up, it very much looks like the long-awaited indictments are about to unseal, and we will then get UFO truth and working technology much faster than we might have hoped!

And on a more personal note, our new movie The Cosmic Secret debuts tomorrow!

This is the first-ever feature Hollywood documentary film to blow the lid off of the greatest cover-up of all — that we are moving through a planetary awakening event known as Ascension.

The camera quality, background music and CG animation is significantly better than our last film. It is truly a must-see!

Related: David Wilcock: The Ascension Mysteries

Ascension has always been the core of our work, and this film is our greatly-improved sequel to Above Majestic!

Your support in enjoying this mind-blowing film is urgently needed to keep our mission on track. With your help, let’s try again to shoot for #1 - and smash through all the lies and censorship!

As yet another sign that Q may be paying attention to our work, in post 3599, they used the same terminology for Ascension that we see in the Law of One series.

The exact quote was, “The Harvest [crop] has been prepared and soon will be delivered to the public.”

Having finally finished the epic ordeal of writing my new book Awakening in the Dream, just two days ago, the timing couldn’t be better.

To continue reading this 6,500 word article at DivineCosmos click here.

Related Articles:

Solar Warden: The Secret Space Program Built With Alien Technology

Terrifying Global Events: Triggers For Mass Awakening?

Current UFO Disclosures And The Incredible Edible New York Times

Astonishing Russian Document Reveals A Face-To-Face Interaction With A UFO & 5 Alien Beings

'Alien' Mummies From Peru Have Human Chromosome Numbers, But Not Anatomy – Scientists

An Ancient Device Too Advanced To Be Real Gives Up Its Secrets At Last + Is This Proof Of Aliens In Peru?

The Mexican Government Reveals Mayan Documents Proving Extraterrestrial Contact

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Court That Rules The World
November 19 2019 | From: Buzzfeed

A parallel legal universe, open only to corporations and largely invisible to everyone else, helps executives convicted of crimes escape punishment.

Part one of a BuzzFeed News investigation - Read the whole series here.

Imagine a private, global super court that empowers corporations to bend countries to their will.

Say a nation tries to prosecute a corrupt CEO or ban dangerous pollution. Imagine that a company could turn to this super court and sue the whole country for daring to interfere with its profits, demanding hundreds of millions or even billions of dollars as retribution.

Imagine that this court is so powerful that nations often must heed its rulings as if they came from their own supreme courts, with no meaningful way to appeal.

That it operates unconstrained by precedent or any significant public oversight, often keeping its proceedings and sometimes even its decisions secret.

That the people who decide its cases are largely elite Western corporate attorneys who have a vested interest in expanding the court’s authority because they profit from it directly, arguing cases one day and then sitting in judgment another.

That some of them half-jokingly refer to themselves as “The Club” or “The Mafia.

And imagine that the penalties this court has imposed have been so crushing - and its decisions so unpredictable - that some nations dare not risk a trial, responding to the mere threat of a lawsuit by offering vast concessions, such as rolling back their own laws or even wiping away the punishments of convicted criminals.

This system is already in place, operating behind closed doors in office buildings and conference rooms in cities around the world.

Known as investor-state dispute settlement, or ISDS, it is written into a vast network of treaties that govern international trade and investment, including NAFTA and the Trans-Pacific Partnership, which Congress must soon decide whether to ratify.

These trade pacts have become a flashpoint in the US presidential campaign. But an 18-month BuzzFeed News investigation, spanning three continents and involving more than 200 interviews and tens of thousands of documents, many of them previously confidential, has exposed an obscure but immensely consequential feature of these trade treaties, the secret operations of these tribunals, and the ways that business has co-opted them to bring sovereign nations to heel.

The BuzzFeed News investigation explores four different aspects of ISDS. In coming days, it will show how the mere threat of an ISDS case can intimidate a nation into gutting its own laws, how some financial firms have transformed what was intended to be a system of justice into an engine of profit, and how America is surprisingly vulnerable to suits from foreign companies.

The series starts today with perhaps the least known and most jarring revelation:

Companies and executives accused or even convicted of crimes have escaped punishment by turning to this special forum. Based on exclusive reporting from the Middle East, Central America, and Asia, BuzzFeed News has found the following:

A Dubai real estate mogul and former business partner of Donald Trump [not that that means anything, he's had hundreds of business partners] was sentenced to prison for collaborating on a deal that would swindle the Egyptian people out of millions of dollars - but then he turned to ISDS and got his prison sentence wiped away.

In El Salvador, a court found that a factory had poisoned a village - including dozens of children - with lead, failing for years to take government-ordered steps to prevent the toxic metal from seeping out. But the factory owners’ lawyers used ISDS to help the company dodge a criminal conviction and the responsibility for cleaning up the area and providing needed medical care.

Two financiers convicted of embezzling more than $300 million from an Indonesian bank used an ISDS finding to fend off Interpol, shield their assets, and effectively nullify their punishment.

[Historical] When the US Congress votes on whether to give final approval to the sprawling Trans-Pacific Partnership, which President Barack Obama staunchly supports, it will be deciding on a massive expansion of ISDS. Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton oppose the overall treaty, but they have focused mainly on what they say would be the loss of American jobs.

Clinton’s running mate, Tim Kaine, has voiced concern about ISDS in particular, and Sen. Elizabeth Warren has lambasted it. Last year, members of both houses of Congress tried to keep it out of the Pacific trade deal. They failed.

ISDS is basically binding arbitration on a global scale, designed to settle disputes between countries and foreign companies that do business within their borders. Different treaties can mandate slightly different rules, but the system is broadly the same.

When companies sue, their cases are usually heard in front of a tribunal of three arbitrators, often private attorneys. The business appoints one arbitrator and the country another, then both sides usually decide on the third together.

Conceived of in the 1950s, the system was intended to benefit both developing nations and the foreign companies that sought to invest in them.

The companies would gain a fair, neutral referee if a rogue regime seized their property or discriminated against them in favor of domestic companies. And the countries would gain the roads or hospitals or industries that those foreign corporations would, as a result, feel confident building.

“It works,”
said Charles Brower, a longtime ISDS arbitrator. “Like any system of law, there will be disappointments; you’re dealing with human systems. But this system fundamentally produces as good justice as the federal courts of the United States.” [Not a benchmarch which should be aspired to.]

Charles Brower

He defended the lawyers who often serve as arbitrators, saying they:

"Are very aware of their responsibilities. Unlike politicians, we are up for election every minute of every day - somewhere in the world, somebody is trying to figure out whom to appoint in a case. We’re only as good as our reputations.”

As proof that ISDS delivers justice, Brower pointed to a wave of nationalizations by the Venezuelan government, many while Hugo Chávez was in charge, that led to:

"Huge awards against them for uncompensated expropriation.”

ISDS has not only put rapacious leaders on notice, its defenders say, but it has also encouraged investment, especially in poor countries, helping to raise overall economic development.

Some even say that it helps avoid gunboat diplomacy and tense international showdowns because countries have agreed on a forum where they can resolve disputes involving major investments.

But over the last two decades, ISDS has morphed from a rarely used last resort, designed for egregious cases of state theft or blatant discrimination, into a powerful tool that corporations brandish ever more frequently, often against broad public policies that they claim crimp profits.

Because the system is so secretive, it is not possible to know the total number of ISDS cases, but lawyers in the field say it is skyrocketing. Indeed, of the almost 700 publicly known cases across the last half century, more than a tenth were filed just last year.

Driving this expansion are the lawyers themselves. They have devised new and creative ways to deploy ISDS, and in the process bill millions to both the businesses and the governments they represent. At posh locales around the globe, members of The Club meet to swap strategies and drum up potential clients, some of which are household names, such as ExxonMobil or Eli Lilly, but many more of which are much lower profile.

In specialty publications, the lawyers suggest novel ways to use ISDS as leverage against governments. It’s a sort of sophisticated, international version of the plaintiff’s attorney TV ad or billboard: Has your business been harmed by an increase in mining royalties in Mali? Our experienced team of lawyers may be able to help.

A few of their ideas: Sue Libya for failing to protect an oil facility during a civil war. Sue Spain for reducing solar energy incentives as a severe recession forced the government to make budget cuts. Sue India for allowing a generic drug company to make a cheaper version of a cancer drug.

In a little-noticed 2014 dissent, US Chief Justice John Roberts warned that ISDS arbitration panels hold the alarming power to review a nation’s laws and “effectively annul the authoritative acts of its legislature, executive, and judiciary.” ISDS arbitrators, he continued, “can meet literally anywhere in the world” and “sit in judgment” on a nation’s “sovereign acts.”

That fate has not yet befallen the United States - but largely because of sheer luck, former government lawyers said.

In theory, ISDS arbitrators must follow the rules laid down in trade pacts.

But in practice, they have interpreted the vague language of many treaties as enshrining broad, unwritten rights far beyond protections against property seizures and blatant discrimination - even finding, in one case, a right to a “reasonable rate of return.”

Some entrepreneurial lawyers scout for ways to make money from ISDS.

Selvyn Seidel
, an attorney who represented clients in ISDS suits, now runs a specialty firm, one that finds investors willing to fund promising suits for a cut of the eventual award.

Some lawyers, he said, monitor governments around the world in search of proposed laws and regulations that might spark objections from foreign companies.

"Huge awards against them for uncompensated expropriation.”

“You know it’s coming down the road,”
he said, “so, in that year before it’s actually changed, you can line up the right claimants and the right law firms to bring a number of cases.”

The US officials who negotiated the Trans-Pacific Partnership have argued that it contains new ISDS safeguards, including opening up hearings and legal filings to the public.

The changes, however, have loopholes, and lawyers at some big firms are already advising clients how they might use the new deal to their benefit.

Opposition to ISDS is spreading across the political spectrum, with groups on the left and right attacking the system.

Around the world, a growing number of countries are pushing for reforms or pulling out entirely.

But most of the alarm has been focused on the potential use of ISDS by corporations to roll back public-interest laws, such as those banning the use of hazardous chemicals or raising the minimum wage.

The system’s usefulness as a shield for the criminal and the corrupt has remained virtually unknown.

Reviewing publicly available information for about 300 claims filed during the past five years, BuzzFeed News found more than 35 cases in which the company or executive seeking protection in ISDS was accused of criminal activity, including money laundering, embezzlement, stock manipulation, bribery, war profiteering, and fraud.

Among them: a bank in Cyprus that the US government accused of financing terrorism and organized crime, an oil company executive accused of embezzling millions from the impoverished African nation of Burundi, and the Russian oligarch known as “the Kremlin’s banker.”

Some are at the center of notorious scandals, from the billionaire accused of orchestrating a massive Ponzi scheme in Mauritius to multiple telecommunications tycoons charged in the ever-widening “2G scam” in India, which made it into Time magazine’s top 10 abuses of power, alongside Watergate.

The companies or executives involved in these cases either denied wrongdoing or did not respond to requests for comment.

Most of the 35-plus cases are still ongoing. But in at least eight of the cases, bringing an ISDS claim got results for the accused wrongdoers, including a multimillion-dollar award, a dropped criminal investigation, and dropped criminal charges. In another, the tribunal has directed the government to halt a criminal case while the arbitration is pending.

Of course, there are governments that don’t have clean hands themselves, and some claims by businesses have been justified. The legal systems of some countries are flagrantly unfair or riddled with corruption.

Moreover, authoritarian or kleptocratic regimes sometimes do use their justice systems as political weapons. For example, arbitrators ordered Russia to pay compensation after finding that Vladimir Putin and his administration had used criminal and tax proceedings to destroy his political rival Mikhail Khodorkovsky’s oil company.

Lawyers say that some governments, faced with a legitimate ISDS claim, will even trump up a criminal charge to deflect from their own wrongdoing. For example, arbitrators found there was evidence suggesting that Bolivia had launched a fraud case against mining-company executives as a ploy to get the company’s ISDS claim thrown out.

But even some members of The Club said they were concerned by how often credible allegations of criminality arise. Many ISDS lawyers say that the system helps promote the rule of law around the world.

If ISDS is seen as protecting criminals, they fear, it could delegitimize a system that is working well for many others.

One lawyer who regularly represents governments said he’s seen evidence of corporate criminality that he “couldn’t believe.

Speaking on the condition that he not be named because he’s currently handling ISDS cases, he said;

“You have a lot of scuzzy sort-of thieves for whom this is a way to hit the jackpot.”

Read the full accounts of what happened in the cases of Egypt, El Salvador and Indonesia at: Buzzfeed

Be advised: If the TPPA / TTIP et al were ratified, it would be these pricks coming to rape our countries.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
New Zealand’s Gun Confiscation Shaping Up To Be Massive Failure
November 18 2019 | From: BearingArms / Various

New Zealand’s gun grab, instituted in the wake of the Christchurch massacre, isn’t going so great.

In fact, with less than two months to go before the government-imposed deadline, fewer than 20% of the estimated number of banned firearms have been handed over.

Related: Kiwis Just Say No To Gun Ban & Calling Out The ‘Christchurch Call’

“New Zealand Police Minister Stuart Nash announced this week that more than 32,000 prohibited weapons have been returned to the government since collections began in mid-July. Some estimates put the number of newly-banned military-style semi-automatic rifles in the country at up to 175,000.

This would suggest a compliance rate, so far, as low as 18 percent, 16 weeks into the buyback program.

With seven weeks left to go until the amnesty period ends, if the current rate of return holds, the New Zealand government is on track to collect around 50,000 prohibited weapons pursuant to the buyback.

That would impute a final compliance rate of around 29 percent, at the lower end, which would represent a modest but tangible success for policymakers."

A “modest but tangible success”? I think it’s more like a complete failure.

Let’s say when the deadline passes less than one third of the banned firearms have been turned in.

Related: New Zealand PM: ‘I Don’t Understand’ Why U.S. Hasn’t Imposed Gun Control + Trump Agrees Repealing Second Amendment Would Be ‘Tyranny’

What exactly has been accomplished, other than the compensated confiscation of a few thousand firearms and the criminalization of tens of thousands of otherwise law-abiding citizens?

“New Zealand’s estimated measure of success compares unfavorably to a similar program enacted in nearby Australia in 1996 and 1997. A well-cited review of that program reported a final compliance rate of anywhere from 40 percent to 80 percent.

However, New Zealand’s collection thus far still represents meaningful gains, especially when compared to how the U.S. has fared when trying to regulate assault weapons.

When analogous programs have been proposed in U.S. states, results have often been far less encouraging. New York passed the landmark SAFE Act in 2013, which required gun owners to register assault weapons as part of the state’s newly-expanded definition for those types of military-style rifles. 

One estimate
 put the registration rate at around 4 percent."

Yes, the compliance rate of the SAFE Act has been far lower than the New Zealand gun confiscation. That doesn’t mean that a compliance rate of less than 33% is a “success” by any means.

Related: Christchurch Terror Attack: Mass Censorship, Mystery Shooters, And The Globetrotting Lone Gunman

And don’t forget, in New Zealand, gun owners don’t have the protection of the Second Amendment, as their prime minister has repeatedly stated.

“Owning a firearm is a privilege not a right,” New Zealand Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern said in September as the country’s parliament considered new gun control laws.

“We absolutely recognize there is a legitimate need in our communities to be able to access guns, particularly our rural community, but what these changes do is recognize that actually there’s a real responsibility that comes with gun ownership.”

There’s a real responsibility that comes with making laws as well, and so far it looks like Ardern’s gun ban is going to create more armed criminals than disarm them, since she’s turning law-abiding gun owners into felons for simply maintaining possession of their legally acquired firearms.

Related: Ron Paul: Gun Control Won’t Solve The Problem — Let’s Look Beyond Politics

I’d say that’s pretty irresponsible, no matter how well-intended the gun grab may have been. There’s no such thing as banning your way to safety, but you can definitely ban your way to massive non-compliance.

Six weeks away from its deadline, it looks like that’s exactly where New Zealand is headed.

Related Articles:

Trey Gowdy To Gun Grabbing Politicans: “Show Me A Law That Will Prevent The Next Mass Killing”

Govt considering Firearms Prohibition Orders - Police set for wider powers

United States Withdraws from INF Treaty, Torpedoing Global Arms-Control Structure

Powerful Video: Kurt Russell Defends The 2nd Amendment

The Formula For Gun Confiscation And Civil War

Kansas Schoolgirl Arrested, Charged with Felony for Brandishing Finger Gun

University Cancels Veterans Day 21-Gun Salute, Citing ‘Gun Violence’

Dave Chappelle Defends Second Amendment During Awards Ceremony

Greatest 2nd Amendment Video Ever

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
“We Are The Death Merchant Of The World”: Ex-Bush Official Lawrence Wilkerson Condemns Military-Industrial Complex
November 17 2019 | From: Salon / Various

The military-industrial complex "is much more pernicious than Eisenhower ever thought," says the retired US colonel.

Col. Lawrence Wilkerson is tired of “the corporate interests that we go abroad to slay monsters for.”

Related: Who Really Owns and Controls the Military-Industrial Complex and What Are They Doing? – An Extensive Research Report

As the former chief of staff to Secretary of State Colin Powell, Wilkerson played an important role in the George W. Bush administration. In the years since, however, the former Bush official has established himself as a prominent critic of U.S. foreign policy.

“I think Smedley Butler was onto something,” explained Lawrence Wilkerson, in an extended interview with Salon.

In his day, in the early 20th century, Butler was the highest ranked and most honored official in the history of the U.S. Marine Corps. He helped lead wars throughout the world over a series of decades, before later becoming a vociferous opponent of American imperialism, declaring “war is a racket.”

Wilkerson spoke highly of Butler, referencing the late general’s famous quote:

“Looking back on it, I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three districts. I operated on three continents.”

“I think the problem that Smedley identified, quite eloquently actually,” Wilkerson said, “especially for a Marine - I had to say that as a soldier,” the retired Army colonel added with a laugh;

“I think the problem is much deeper and more profound today, and much more subtle and sophisticated.”

Today, the military-industrial complex “is much more pernicious than Eisenhower ever thought it would be,” Wilkerson warned.

In his farewell address in 1961, former President Dwight D. Eisenhower famously cautioned Americans that the military and corporate interests were increasingly working together, contrary to the best interests of the citizenry. He called this phenomenon the military-industrial complex.

As a case study of how the contemporary military-industrial complex works, Wilkerson pointed to leading weapons corporations like Lockheed Martin, and their work with draconian, repressive Western-allied regimes in the Gulf, or in inflaming tensions in Korea.

“Was Bill Clinton’s expansion of NATO - after George H. W. Bush and [his Secretary of State] James Baker had assured Gorbachev and then Yeltsin that we wouldn’t go an inch further east - was this for Lockheed Martin, and Raytheon, and Boeing, and others, to increase their network of potential weapon sales?” Wilkerson asked.

“You bet it was,” he answered.

“Is there a penchant on behalf of the Congress to bless the use of force more often than not because of the constituencies they have and the money they get from the defense contractors?” Wilkerson continued.

Again, he answered his own question: “You bet.”

“It’s not like Dick Cheney or someone like that went and said let’s have a war because we want to make money for Halliburton, but it is a pernicious on decision-making,” the former Bush official explained.

“And the fact that they donate so much money to congressional elections and to PACs and so forth is another pernicious influence.”

“Those who deny this are just being utterly naive, or they are complicit too,” Wilkerson added.

“And some of my best friends work for Lockheed Martin,” along with Raytheon, Boeing and Halliburton, he quipped.

Wilkerson - who in the same interview with Salon defended Edward Snowden, saying the whistle-blower performed an important service and did not endanger U.S. national security - was also intensely critical of the growing movement to “privatize public functions, like prisons.”

Col. Lawrence Wilkerson

“I fault us Republicans for this majorly,” he confessed - although a good many prominent Democrats have also jumped on the neoliberal bandwagon.

In a 2011 speech, for instance, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton declared, “It’s time for the United States to start thinking of Iraq as a business opportunity” for U.S. corporations.

Wilkerson lamented,We’ve privatized the ultimate public function: war.

In many respects it is now private interests that benefit most from our use of military force, he continued.

Whether it’s private security contractors, that are still all over Iraq or Afghanistan, or it’s the bigger-known defense contractors, like the number one in the world, Lockheed Martin.”

Journalist Antony Loewenstein detailed how the U.S. privatized its wars in Iraq and Afghanistan in another interview with Salon. There are an estimated 30,000 military contractors working for the Pentagon in Afghanistan today; they outnumber U.S. troops three-to-one. Thousands more are in Iraq.

Lockheed Martin simply “plans to sell every aspect of missile defense that it can,” regardless of whether it is needed, Wilkerson said. And what is best to maximize corporate interest is by no means necessarily the same as what is best for average citizens.

We dwarf the Russians or anyone else who sells weapons in the world,” the retired Army colonel continued.

We are the death merchant of the world.

Related: The Greatest Threat to Our Freedoms: Governments of Scoundrels, Spies, Thieves, Ruffians, Rapists and Killers

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The World’s Top Five ‘Most Evil’ Corporations
November 16 2019 | From: RT / Various

Most companies become successful thanks to their stellar reputations. But not always.

RT Business scraped the bottom of the barrel to find the most hated companies trending on the internet.

Related: Elizabeth Holmes’ “Theranos” fraud was actually a plot to surveil the blood and DNA of everyone


The company that needs no introduction, creator of DDT and Agent Orange, Monsanto is one the world’s largest pesticide and GMO seed manufacturers.

It is known for being the first company to genetically modify a seed to make it resistant to pesticides and herbicides.

Monsanto’s herbicides have been blamed for killing millions of crop acres, while its chemicals were added to blacklists of products causing cancer and many other health problems.

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Glyphosate Worse Than We Could Imagine: “It’s Everywhere” & Monsanto / Bayer Keeps Riding A Path Of


Once the darling of Microsoft-hating gadget lovers, Apple more recently has been accused of mistreating or underpaying their employees, hiding money offshore, and not paying taxes.

It has also been accused of violating health or environmental legislation, and misusing its position where they have a monopoly in the market.

And, oh yes, deliberately slowing older iPhones and overcharging for its products to boot.

Related: Reality Check: Why McAfee Says FBI Really Wants To End Encryption, Not Hack Just One iPhone


The world's largest food and beverage company Nestle says it is committed to enhancing quality of life and contributing to a healthier future.

However, it has been dragged through numerous scandals involving slave labor.

The multinational is one of the most boycotted corporations in the world, as violations of labor rights have been reported at its factories in different countries.

Related: How Nestle Makes Billions Selling You Groundwater In A Bottle

Philip Morris

The products of the American multinational cigarette and tobacco manufacturing company are sold in over 180 countries outside the United States.

Philip Morris owns Marlboro, one of the world's biggest brands.

Back in 1999, Philip Morris courted officials of the Czech Republic by explaining how smoking would in fact help their economy, due to the reduced healthcare costs from its citizens dying early.

Related: There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing, Eating, Smoking And Injecting Today?


American fast-food company McDonald's was founded in 1940. The company serves more customers each day than the entire population of Great Britain, but has a long history of terrible labor practices.

It has been constantly under fire for serving unhealthy junk food, which contributes health problems.

Researchers have found that McDonald’s burgers cannot decompose on their own.

Related: Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Perfluorinated Chemicals
(PFCs) Found In Nearly Half Of All Fast Food Wrappers From McDonald’s, Burger King, Starbucks And other Food Retailers

Notable Mentions of Corporations Not Quite Evil Enough to Make the Top List:

Goldman Sachs

JPMorgan Chase



British American Tobacco

Dow Chemical








Related Articles:

General Electric shares plunge after report alleges it’s a ‘bigger fraud than Enron’

A Bank With 49 Trillion Dollars In Exposure To Derivatives Is Melting Down Right In Front Of Our Eyes

Microsoft pays $25 million to settle corruption charges

US Customs just seized a ship owned by JPMorgan after authorities found $1 billion worth of drugs on it

Oklahoma Judge Holds J&J Liable in Opioid Epidemic, Orders $572 Million Damages

Nestlé's Power within the Swiss Government. Swiss Development Aid

The fight to stop Nestlé from taking America's water to sell in plastic bottles

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Dealing With “Waking Up.” How To Handle Discovering More Than Just The Tip Of the Iceberg
November 15 2019 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

A look at our current world might bring about emotions or observations linked to feelings of chaos.

With the incredible divide happening in the US due to the upcoming presidential elections, the manufactured gender, race and sexual orientation divides taking place all over, it’s easy to feel like there are ‘bad’ things happening all the time.

Related: The Great Awakening Has Begun

People often look at the media and say it’s there to ruin or shift your perception of the world negatively, and I would partly agree with this for sure.

In Brief:

The Facts: An evolution in the way we view our world and the systems within it is necessary to create meaningful change at this stage in humanity's journey. This starts with an evolution in media.

Reflect On: Can we truly change our world if we don't know where we are truly at? Can we expect to see change in our world if we don't change ourselves?

After all, that’s what inspired me to create a news source that took a different approach. But the reality is, we’re in a time where we have to look at some of the tough things going on in our world in order to understand why they are happening, where we are at and how we can shift.

The difference in the way we like to do that here at CE is, we might talk about some of the ‘darker’ stuff, but we’ll always help in moving through it vs leaving a reader hanging.

This is done through an important process I built called The CE Protocol. This is partly how we have been creating an evolution in media for the past 10 years.

My feeling is that we must combine an observation of what we are actively creating in our world with personal transformation so that we can truly change the challenges we face at the core, versus simply throwing bandaids at the situation.

Related: Loneliness – The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind

For example, we might want people to unite and be more peaceful with one another, yet we’ll actively attack, mischaracterize others and divide ourselves simply based on something like political orientation.

Why do we do that? Because we don’t know who we are deep down, and we actively get caught up in the illusion of politics that has been manufactured to prey on our programmings.

Therefore, the more we wake up and see the illusion that politics is by consuming different media, the more we begin to see truth and are inspired to make new choices.

This turns us inward where we make changes within ourselves and this then leads us to interact within our world differently because now we are operating from a different state of consciousness.

Many people feel we can simply change our world by working only on ourselves, without having to see the truth of our world.

Often times that changes a person slightly, but they will still support the systems in our world because they still believe in them, thus things don’t change.

Related: I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once You Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change

Here’s How It Can Be Done

In the four short videos below, I will guide you by explaining exactly what this protocol is and how it encompasses the totality of what’s needed to create a shift in inward consciousness and our physical world.

The basic steps are: 1. Breaking The Illusion 2. Awakening Neutrality 3. Deprogramming Limits 4. Living Aligned

1: Breaking The Illusion

2: Awakening Neutrality

3: Deprogramming Limits

4. Living Aligned


Due to the pressure of mass censorship, we now have our own censorship-free, and ad-free on demand streaming network!

It is the world's first and only conscious media network streaming mind-expanding interviews, news broadcasts, and conscious shows.

Click here to start a Free 7-Day Trial and watch 100's of hours of conscious media videos, that you won't see anywhere else.

Related Articles:

Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

Once We Awaken

This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?

Three Extraordinary Paradoxes Of Personal Awakening

Are You Awake? Or Just Informed

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How ‘Science’ Is Used To Deceive The Public
November 14 2019 | From: NexusNewsFeed

Did you know that there was a shocking study published in the Public Library of Science Journal, that found“up to 72%” of scientists admitted their colleagues were engaged in “questionable research practices,” and that just over 14% of them were engaged in outright “falsification”?

If that’s not bad enough, between 1977 and 1990 the FDA found scientific flaws in 10–20% of all the studies they audited.

Related: Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science 'Skeptics'

But it gets even worse; scientists at the Thousand Oaks biotech firm Amgen, set out to double-check the results of 53 peer reviewed landmark published studies in their fields of cancer research and blood biology.

What they found was shocking; only 6 of the 53 studies could be proven valid. That means almost 90% were flawed, yet passed off to the public as fact. [3]

In other words, there’s a lot of scientific bullshit floating around my friends.

This becomes especially concerning when we consider how “science” seems to have replaced organized religion as the new authority that should blindly be obeyed in many ways.

Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

People speak of it as if it is infallible, and anyone who questions the high priests of science are generally attacked, degraded, and dismissed as modern day heretics.

But science, just like any religion, is not a god that only speaks unadulterated Truth.

It is far from being infallible and is constantly in need of being updated, upgraded, challenged, revised, and changed, for the simple fact that science is subject to the narrow confines of mankind’s tiny flawed human perception; which is forever growing and expanding - and easily skewed by things like prejudice, pride, and corruption.

In and of itself, science is obviously inanimate and can do neither good nor bad because it has no mind of its own.

It is not a person, so we need to stop talking about science like it is a super hero. It is simply a vehicle that requires a driver, and the destination obviously differs from one driver to the next.

Related: The Criminalization Of Science Whistleblowers + The Connection Between Sudden Infant Death, Vaccines And Vitamin C

While some may have the earnest pursuit of objective Truth in mind, most can be corrupted by the pursuit of money (such as Iowa State University professor Dong-Pyou Han who is now sitting in jail for his AIDS vaccine fraud), the want of fame, or simply personal prejudice and egotistical pride.

Pioneering anesthesiologist Scott Reuben, who helped revolutionize orthopedic surgery, faked data in more than 20 studies, and German physicist Jan Hendrik Schön, who won multiple awards for his work, falsified his research as well.

These individuals were able to pass what common folks often consider to be the “foolproof” test of peer review, and that’s because it is not actually foolproof.

Related: Science Is Broken, And The Peer-Review Process Produces “Utter Bulls##t” Parading Around As Real Science

In fact, a blogger submitted a satirical paper about “Midi Chlorians” from the science fiction story Star Wars and 4 scientific journals published it!

In an effort to help remind people why they should not blindly trust “science” - or any other body of purported knowledge for that matter - I decided to write this short article on how scientific bullshit has been used throughout history to manipulate our perceptions and beliefs.

Big Tobacco & The Sugar Industry

More than half a century ago, big tobacco used science as a weapon to convince the naive and gullible about the safety of their cigarettes.

Notice the key phrase, “Scientific Evidence”

Related: There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing, Eating, Smoking And Injecting Today?

A number of different medical organizations and journals, including the New England Journal of Medicine and the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA)were indeed on the payroll of Big Tobacco and helped to promote their agenda through the promotion of flawed “science”.

Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

Notice the key persuading phrase in the above advertisement;

…the final results, published in authoritative medical journals, proved conclusively that when smokers changed to Philip Morris, every case of irritation cleared completely or definitely improved.”

Similarly, the sugar industry hired a group of Harvard scientists to hide the link between sugar and heart disease in the 1960s, and the International Sugar Research Foundation (ISRF) suppressed a study that showed sugar could potentially increase the risk of bladder cancer.

Related: Here’s How Industry-Funded “Research” Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years

This is something we all need to understand my friends; our global society is run as a business, not as a non profit organization that values human life.

And this means that any line of profession can easily be corrupted by money. Unfortunately our problems are systemic and have their roots in this painfully flawed paradigm.

The Manipulation of Science Still Continues Today

In more recent history, the Bush Administration got caught manipulating science to conform to their agenda. Big oil has likewise bribed scientists to parrot their narrative.

Similarly, biotech giant Monsanto and the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) have also been caught engaging in this unethical practice together.

This is not the first time Monsanto has been caught acting in this manner either. In Canada, a group of scientists testified that the GMO giant offered them a bribe of $1-2 million, and in Indonesia they were fined for engaging in bribery of a government official as well.

Related: Monsanto May Soon Face A Flood Of Lawsuits From Cancer Victims Of Roundup Herbicide

Another biotech giant, Syngenta, hired scientists to discredit professor Tyrone Hayes, who conducted research that found out their herbicide Atrazine posed health risks to the population.

Merck was taken to court by two scientists that claimed the Big Pharma giant manipulated tests concerning their mumps vaccine’s efficacy.

Coca Cola was also caught paying scientists (to the tune of $132.8 million) to downplay the severity of consuming their sugary drinks, and other unhealthy products. In fact, corporations do this all the time.

A perfect example, is a study conducted by the University of Colorado that claimed that diet soda was better at promoting healthy weight loss than water.

Unsurprisingly, this study was funded by the soda industry.

Related: Western Food Science Is Broken + We’re All Guinea Pigs In A Failed Decades-Long Diet Experiment

Another study claimed that children who ate candy weigh less than children who don’t, and are less likely to be obese.

This, unsurprisingly again, was funded by a trade association representing candy giants Butterfingers, Hershey and Skittles.

Related: The Ten Most Evil People In The World Today Who Lie About Science, Pharmaceuticals And GMOs


Today, a number of questionable practices in the name of science continue. Sadly, the manipulation (or incompetence) of science is something that most likely will never be truly eliminated from society because it is rooted in human fallibility and corruption.

In fact, Richard Hortin, the editor in chief of the medical journal The Lancet, has gone on record as stating that, “much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue.”

This is not to say that the concept of science does not serve an important purpose, because it certainly does; I personally use scientific methods and principles daily in my life, and even relied on scientific research to highlight corruption within the scientific community in this blog.

Related: Many Scientific “Truths” Are, In Fact, False + A Scientist Explains Why "Everything Is Fucked"

But this was written specifically to remind us all that “science” can be used to deceive us - has been used to deceive us - and should always be questioned as a result.

Scientists obviously need money to conduct their research, and corporations who place material profit above human life have plenty of it. The hand that gives usually controls the hand that takes.

Until we design a system that promotes unadulterated education, more than it does propaganda and ignorance; and rewards integrity more than the willingness to do anything for “money,” this type of pathetic human behavior will persist for obvious reasons.


Related Articles:

“A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New Letter

Chemotherapy May Spread Cancer And Trigger More Aggressive Tumors, Says New Research / Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists

Seven Reasons Why The Internet Of Things Should Scare You & The Internet Of Things Poses Human Health Risks: Scientists Question The Safety Of Untested 5G Technology At International Conference

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Fear-Based Manipulation: How Politicians, Marketers And The Media Create Panic To Control The Masses
November 13 2019 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

Make people afraid and you'll be able to control them. This is something manipulators know extremely well. By exploiting our insecurities, they are able to feed us lies and persuade us to do what they want.

This article looks into how fear is being used against us, by offering various examples of common fear-based manipulation tactics that politicians, marketers and the media utilize on a daily basis to control the way we think and behave. 

Related: Breaking The Fear Factor - Defeating The Criminal Elite & Neoliberal Dictators

"Neither a man nor a crowd nor a nation can be trusted to act humanely or to think sanely under the influence of a great fear.”

- Bertrand Russell

Fear. Without it we wouldn’t be able to survive. Why? Because it’s the emotion that warns us about potential threats to our survival and urges us to protect ourselves from them.

Let me give you an example to illustrate what I mean.

Imagine that you’re walking outside in the dark and suddenly you see a snake jumping right in front of your feet. Immediately fear kicks in. You start sweating, your heart rate goes up, and your cortisol as well as adrenaline levels increase.

The snake could be poisonous so you immediately need to protect yourself from it.

In such a dangerous situation, your natural response is most likely going to be one of the following:

1. Run away from the snake.

2. Injure, kill or somehow immobilize the snake.

3. Freeze in hopes that the snake will be undisturbed by your presence and leave you alone.

Fear, as the above example shows, is a protective mechanism that is part of our survival instinct, helping us to stay alive and healthy.

Related: The Ultimate Scam: How Al Gore Became The World’s First Carbon Billionaire” By Profiting Off Irrational
Climate Fears

But here’s the problem: when that mechanism becomes overactive and we start fearing things that don’t actually pose us any threat, it can wreak havoc not only with our well-being (due to too much stress), but also with our decision-making (because fear, as you’ll soon find out, can hinder clear thinking).

Manipulative people are extremely aware of the latter and try their best to control how you think and behave by using fear-based tactics. Here you’ll learn what some of those tactics are, as well as what you can do to avoid falling into their trap.

Do as They Say, Or Else…

Whether you know it or not, fear is constantly being used against you. By whom? Well, here are a few examples: politicians, marketers, and the media.

Let’s have a closer look into how they do that, starting with politicians.

The vast majority of politicians are demagogues. A demagogue is defined as “a political leader who seeks support by appealing to the desires and prejudices of ordinary people rather than by using rational argument.”

Now, the emotion politicians like to appeal to the most is fear. By intentionally spreading messages that make the general public feel like it’ll be harmed or utterly destroyed if they aren’t elected in positions of power or don’t implement certain policies, politicians are able to persuade the masses to support them.

Related: What They Want You To Fear Versus The Real Threats We Face

You might be wondering: How can that be possible? Don’t people base their decisions on conscious, rational thinking?

Well, they do, much of the time, but rarely when they are gripped by fear of a threat, whether real or imagined. Here’s why, according to cognitive psychologist and economist Robin M. Hogarth:

"By creating a state of emergency in our psyche, fear distracts us from the relevant facts on which we should base our conscious decisions.

A fight-or-flight instinct kicks in instantaneously when we’re afraid, leaving no time for us to question its merits. The resulting knee-jerk reaction often leads to a short-term solution that only tackles the symptoms

This act-first-think-later approach, however, doesn’t address underlying causes."

To illustrate how fear has been used by politicians to influence the layman, let’s watch a fear-mongering ad used during Lyndon Johnson’s 1964 presidential run to persuade people to vote for him instead of his warmonger Republican opponent Barry Goldwater who, according to the ad, would surely lead the US into a nuclear war if elected.

Political leaders harp on any reason they can find to make us panic: terrorism, immigrants, drugs, crime, minorities, and various others.

A master at creating panic is the current president of the United States, Donald Trump. In fact, that’s one of the main reasons why he was able to become the US president in the first place. [Comment: This is an out-of-touch opinion. Despite a great level of awareness in many areas, the author is uninformed on actual matters relating to Trump.]

Trump’s rhetoric goes like this: “Illegal immigrants are pouring drugs and violence into America. Radical Islamic terrorists are preparing for another big US attack. Christians are being executed en masse in the Middle East.” And so on and so forth.

Related: Federal Grand Jury To Hear Evidence That 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition + President Donald Trump Implies 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition

And what’s the solution to all those issues? He himself, of course. As sociologist and author Barry Glassner put it:

[Donald Trump’s] formula is very clean and uncomplicated: Be very, very afraid. And I am the cure."

Another American president who used a lot of fear-based rhetoric was George W. Bush. For instance, right after the 9/11 tragedy, the warning he issued was: “Be afraid, be very afraid.”

Then for years onward he was repeatedly talking about America being in danger of more terrorist attacks and that the only way to make it safe again was to bomb Iraq.

Additional: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate
Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal does.

Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like

Related Articles:

Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story

Today, it’s crystal clear that Bush had a hidden agenda: to expand and strengthen the American Empire by gaining economic and geopolitical power.

Panicked and confused, millions of Americans couldn’t understand what was really going on and blindly consented to the so-called War on Terror.

I could go on giving countless examples of politicians who’ve tried to control the masses through the use of fear, but I think these will suffice to carry my point across.

Terrorized About Terrorism

When we feel that our survival is threatened, we’re ready to do just about anything to protect our lives. Yet we’re often unknowingly harming ourselves instead.

For example, a study estimates that at least a thousand additional lives were lost in US road accidents the year after the 9/11 attacks. The reason?

At that period of time a lot more people chose to drive rather than fly, out of fear of another possible air-bound terrorist attack, although the probability of death due to inflight terrorism is calculated to be 1 in 540,000, while the probability of dying from a car accident is calculated to be 1 in 7,000.

Related: FBI Document Adds “Fringe” Conspiracy Theories As Next Big Domestic Terror Threat & CIA, Climate And
Conspiracy: More Notes From The Edge Of The Narrative Matrix

Of course, it’s understandable why American citizens chose driving over flying. If you pay attention to any mainstream newspaper or TV channel, you must be thinking that terrorism is one of the top causes of death.

The reality, however, is that you are way more likely to die from a multitude of other causes than terrorism, including heart disease, cancer, obesity, suicide, workplace accidents and contaminated food.

But the mainstream media doesn’t seem to care about those. So why does it make such a fuss over terrorism?

There are various reasons, such as siding with their preferred political parties, but the most important one is simply this:

Fear sells like nothing else.

When, for instance, you read a newspaper headline that elicits a fear response in you, you are much more likely to get the newspaper and read it. Why? Because as author and journalist Neil Strauss put it:

"We’re wired to respond to fear above everything else. If we miss an opportunity for abundance, life goes on; if we miss an important fear cue, it doesn’t."

Fear drives better ratings and better ratings means increased profit. The mass media knows this very well and is doing its best to capitalize on it.

By terrorizing us, it’s able to keep our attention hooked and ruthlessly exploit us for its financial gain.

Related: Thousands Of Medical Studies Found To Be Useless + Medical-Drug Destruction Of Life, By The Numbers & Herd Immunity Used For Fear And Guilt

You are What You Buy

Another way fear is used to control you is through commercial advertisements.

You might not be consciously aware of it, but corporations are heavily using fear-based advertising to make you buy their stuff. And it has been found to work pretty well. By instilling fear in people, advertising manipulates them into making emotional rather than reasoned choices.

Let’s see an example of how fear-based advertising works.

All the great marketers know well that one of the primary human desires is to connect with other humans and feel part of a community, and hence that one of the things people are most afraid of is to be excluded from their social groups.

And through advertising they try to convince you that if you don’t buy stuff nobody will like you anymore and that you’ll probably be ostracized by your community.

Buy the latest iPhone and you’ll not appear to be poor. Get this pair of Nike shoes and you’ll be cool. Obtain this wristwatch and you’ll feel important. Purchasing them will cost you some money, but not doing so will cost you your happiness.

Afraid and insecure, most people blindly do what they’re told, thus wasting their hard-earned money buying things they don’t really need and which only provide them with a temporary, superficial sense of belonging and emotional gratification.

Related: How Consumerism Is Ruining Our Lives And The World

Dealing with Fear-Based Manipulation

Now that we’ve looked at different ways fear is being used against you, I’d like to share with you a few simple tips that can help you to avoid falling victim to fear-based manipulation.

The first and most important thing is to identify fear when it arises within you and try to see it for what it is, without shying away from it or pretending that it’s not there.

By bringing fear into your conscious awareness, you’ll be able to examine where it’s coming from and what message it’s trying to convey you, which will help you to better understand it and hence deal with it.

In fact, research has suggested that just acknowledging an emotion and explicitly identifying fear can help manage its subsequent effects on our behavior.

Secondly, when dealing with political, social or other important issues, remember to associate feelings of fear with the need to slow down and regain mental and emotional clarity. Instead of succumbing to impulsive reactions, take the time to educate yourself on the issue at hand.

Related: To Sell You Happiness, They First Make You Feel Like Shit

This will not only allow you to assess your options and take better-informed decisions, but also to discern what you should fear from what you shouldn’t.

Lastly, instead of blindly conforming to the norm and obeying to authority figures, act mindfully and take responsibility for your actions.

Just because a renowned politician, an award-winning journalist or a commercial on a major TV channel tells you what to do or believe, that doesn’t mean you should.

Sadly, after years upon years of conditioning, most people don’t use their critical thinking and instead let others think for them.

To break free from that conditioning, be sure to doubt - and not mindlessly accept - any “truth” that’s being thrown at you by someone else, regardless of who that person might be.

Related Articles:

Eye-Opening Survey Shows No.1 Fear For US Citizens Is Government, Not Terrorism

Shaping The Future: Israel Tutors Its Children In Fear And Loathing

State Control: The Government Of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern Is Shaping Up To Be One Of The Most
Controlling In New Zealand’sHistory

Everything We Eat & Drink Is Completely Controlled By These Ten Companies + Secret Ingredients

Google Operating Like A News Publisher, Project Veritas Leaks Reveal & Mother Of All Google Whistleblowers
Exposes Global Criminal Plan To Control All Information

Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Drunk-Driving And Fake-Science
November 12 2019 | From: AmericanInstituteForEconomicResearch

Almost everyone I know has a story to tell about themselves, a friend, a friend’s friend. It’s about the abusiveness of the police in the enforcement of drunk-driving laws.

I’ve known people who were quite sure that they were not over the legal limit but suddenly found themselves cuffed in the back of the police car. 

Related: Lindsay Perigo: New Zealand Is A Police State

I know a guy who was arrested out of his own driveway, having driven home perfectly safely. I’ve seen lives ruined and wrecked by a system that presumes everyone is guilty and then proves it was scientific machines that claim to be accurate to three decimal points. The level of paranoia on this subject in American life is palpable. 

So it’s actually mind blowing – or maybe once you hear this it will seem incredibly obvious – that the New York Times has published a massive investigation that shows that the science behind the breathalyzer is bogus.

Tens of thousands of arrests have been wrong. Cases are being thrown out around the country. The company that makes the machines for the police stations won’t share its technology or submit to a serious scientific review of its technology.

Lives are being ruined even as the evidence piles up that vast numbers of arrests for “drunk driving” are wholly bogus. 

Quoting the Times:

"A million Americans a year are arrested for drunken driving, and most stops begin the same way: flashing blue lights in the rearview mirror, then a battery of tests that might include standing on one foot or reciting the alphabet.

What matters most, though, happens next. By the side of the road or at the police station, the drivers blow into a miniature science lab that estimates the concentration of alcohol in their blood. If the level is 0.08 or higher, they are all but certain to be convicted of a crime.

But those tests - a bedrock of the criminal justice system - are often unreliable, a New York Times investigation found. The devices, found in virtually every police station in America, generate skewed results with alarming frequency, even though they are marketed as precise to the third decimal place.

Judges in Massachusetts and New Jersey have thrown out more than 30,000 breath tests in the past 12 months alone, largely because of human errors and lax governmental oversight.

Across the country, thousands of other tests also have been invalidated in recent years.The machines are sensitive scientific instruments, and in many cases they haven’t been properly calibrated, yielding results that were at times 40 percent too high."

The story adds another several thousand words of horror stories about the use of fake science in the service of the machinery of compulsion and coercion that has entrapped millions of Americans and vexes all non-teetotallers on the road today. 

Related: The Spiritual Consequences Of Alcohol Consumption + The Likely Cause Of Addiction Has Been Discovered, And It Is Not What You Think

It turns out that these expensive machines, both the ones carried by cops and the larger machines at police headquarters, are provided by only a few companies in the world and they are unwilling to open up their guts to serious peer review.

They are poorly maintained and yet the numbers are invoked in court daily. The police have every incentive to allow them to be wrong so long as the results end in conviction. 

The few times in which states mandated tests of the tests have resulted in shocking results. Something called the Intoxilyzer 8000 was tested in Vermont in 2005 and produced inaccurate results in “almost every test.”

As it turns out, the only scientific way to determine blood-alcohol content is with blood tests. There are too many variables to make the breath alone reliable and yet breathing tests are the whole basis of drunk-driving enforcement. 

The rounding-up problems and inflated numbers alone are raising questions about 45,000 convictions in Massachusetts and New Jersey.

The trouble is that once the fake science is part of the court records, the accused has no viable option but to plead guilty and face a jail sentence and fines and ruined driving record, even if the person knows for sure that he or she was not drunk.

When it’s the state armed with fake science vs. an individual motorist who had a couple of beers, everyone knows who wins. 

Related: Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social
Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

This is a classic case of the dangers of scientism in the service of state-based justice. Put on the lab coat, sell the government a fancy machine, harass people with unending intimidation, and the result is vast injustice based on bad science.

Citizens themselves have no recourse. This has been going on for decades in the United States and yet we are only now finding out about it. 

There was always a potential for injustice at the heart of the rule against drunk driving since enforcement would always be based not on evidence of reckless driving but rather on the content of one’s blood. It was that which was being criminalized.

In fact, there are many reasons one might drive dangerously: texting, physical exhaustion, sleep deprivation, bad day at work, fight with a lover, and so on.

Nor is it the case that having a few necessarily and always results in endangerment of others. The only real sensible approach, then, is for the police to enforce the traffic rules, ticketing and arresting based on what the driver actually does. 

The anti-drunk driving regime in this country was not based on that. Rather, it criminalized something that required a fancy scientific test to discover complete with black-box machines out of science fiction.

Related: Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted &
Psychotechnology: How Artificial Intelligence Is Designed To Change Humanity

Even if you are driving perfectly well, complying with all rules, endangering absolutely no one, you would be subjected to brutality at the hands of the police solely upon the discovery of a chemical in your blood, which, as it turns out, cannot be reliably determined based on any existing technology. 

Think about this. The whole world is horrified by Elizabeth Holmes and Theranos’s claim that it could detect diseases via a tiny pin prick on the finger.

That this company raised billions on an unverified claim has been the subject of vast outrage and criminal investigations. And yet we have what appears to be the exact same situation with the detection of drunk driving and yet it’s gone on for decades without much in the way of incredulity putting any damper on the arrest-and-jail machinery of the state. 

Why is this? I would say the following. Theranos was subjected to a market test. Breathalyzers and Alcotests and so on exist within the apparatus of the state and have thereby been shielded from serious scrutiny.

It has taken the New York Times and its intrepid reporters to blow the cover, and yet, realistically, it will be years before anyone can put a damper on the machinery of personal destruction that is currently in operation even in your hometown. 

Related: New Zealand Police Use Baby Blood Samples

There are lessons here. The combination of state power and pseudoscience is a dangerous one. Criminalizing something that depends on the scientific accuracy of some secret test rather than observable behavior is itself fraught with dangers.

The state cannot be trusted to police its own application of science in service of itself. It will always face an incentive to exaggerate to gain more money and more convictions. 

Now is the time seriously to rethink the entire machinery of drunk-driving enforcement.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Propaganda Machine NYT Opposition To Free Expression
November 11 2019 | From: StephenLendman / Various

The Times operates as a mouthpiece for the imperial state, Wall Street, and other predatory corporate interests.

On all things related to US wars of aggression for conquest, control and plunder, the self-styled newspaper of record is onboard enthusiastically.

Related: Journalists Who Tell the Truth Are Now Arrested in Amerika

On issues related to democratic values, the rule of law, and public welfare, it’s AWOL or militantly hostile.

Whistleblower Edward Snowden connected important dots for millions, exposing Big Brother National Security Agency mass surveillance - the hallmark of police state rule.

Bipartisan US hardliners and the NYT consider him a traitor. Times editors called for Russia to extradite him. They want him tried and punished for exposing how the US spies on its own citizens and countless others abroad, including world leaders.

They support mass surveillance instead of forthrightly denouncing what’s incompatible with a free society. 

Related: The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than
Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

They’re for police state persecution of anyone challenging US imperial interests and/or exploitation of ordinary people at home and abroad.

They’re militantly hostile to Chelsea Manning for exposing US war crimes in Afghanistan and Iraq.

They support her re-imprisonment for invoking her constitutional right of silence, refusing to help the imperial state crucify Julian Assange by giving police state grand jury testimony.

In response to Assange’s unacceptable 18-count indictment for the “crime” of truth-telling journalism the Times long ago abandoned, the broadsheet slammed him with a blitzkrieg of Big Lies, saying:

The charges are the latest twist in a career in which Mr. Assange has morphed from a crusader for radical transparency to fugitive from a Swedish sexual assault investigation (sic), to tool of Russia’s election interference (sic), to criminal defendant in the United States.”

“Mr. Assange’s organization published (Dem party) emails stolen by Russia (sic) as part of its covert efforts to help elect President Trump (sic).”

The above remarks turned truth on its head. Bogus sexual assault charges against him were dropped, then reopened by Sweden following US pressure.

Not a shred of evidence suggests he or Manning operated as “a tool of Russia’s election interference” that never happened - one of many Times’ Big Lies that won’t die.

No Dem emails were “stolen.” Leaked by a party insider, WikiLeaks published them, what journalism the way it’s supposed to be is all about - what’s absent in Times propaganda reports.

Like Snowden, Manning and other whistleblowers, along with truth-telling journalists, Assange is a world-class hero - punished for publishing what US dark forces want concealed.

Related: Udo Ulfkotte’s Book Exposing CIA Control of Western Journalism Now Available in English

Knight First Amendment Institute at Columbia University’s Jameel Jaffer earlier said:

Charges against Assange “rely almost entirely on conduct that investigative journalists engage in every day. The indictment should be understood as a frontal attack on press freedom."

Attorney Barry Pollack representing Assange said he’s charged with a crime “for encouraging sources to provide him truthful information and for publishing that information” - removing the “fig leaf” claim about hacking that never occurred, adding:

"These unprecedented charges demonstrate the gravity of the threat the criminal prosecution of Julian Assange poses to all journalists in their endeavor to inform the public about actions that have been taken by the US government."

Times editors further mocked him, saying: He “is no hero (sic)…There is much to be troubled by (his) methods and motives, which remain murky (sic). He released numerous documents without removing names of confidential sources, putting their lives in jeopardy (sic).”

Related: Six Ways To Break The Hypnotic Spell Of The Mainstream Media

WikiLeaks refuted the Big Lie by the Times and Justice Department, saying it’s “a not-for-profit media organization. Our goal is to bring important news and information to the public,” adding: 

“We provide an innovative, secure and anonymous way for sources to leak information to our journalists (our electronic drop box).” 

One of our most important activities is to publish original source material alongside our news stories so readers and historians alike can see evidence of the truth.

Anonymous sources are protected, not revealed. “Like other media outlets conducting investigative journalism, we accept (but do not solicit) anonymous sources of information.” 

“Unlike other outlets, we provide a high security anonymous drop box fortified by cutting-edge cryptographic information technologies. This provides maximum protection to our sources.”

The Times is in cahoots with US dark forces wanting Assange, Manning, Snowden, and others like them silenced.

Related: Behold, The Cognitive Dissonance Of The Media In One Graph

On October 4, the broadsheet shamefully published an op-ed  headlined: “Free Speech is Killing US,” attacking what it called “noxious (social media) speech,” adding:

“(T)he brutality that germinates on the internet can leap into the world of flesh and blood…Noxious speech…cause(s) tangible harm…(U)nchecked speech can expose us to real risks.”

Censorship in the US is the new normal, the Times on board for totalitarian rule, supporting the official narrative, wanting content conflicting with it eliminated.

When truth-telling and dissent are considered threats to national security, free and open societies no longer exist.

Instead of being on the right side of this issue, the Times supports what demands denunciation.

Related Articles:

Don Jr. Absolutely Destroys Liberal Hosts of ABC’s The View

Former House Speaker Gingrich Says Newsroom Culture Leans ‘Very Far to the Left’

The End of Accountable Government Is Close at Hand

Trump Says White House Will Probably Stop Subscriptions to New York Times, Washington Post

The CIA and the Media

If It Bleeds It Leads: How the American Media Perpetuates and Profits from Mass Shootings

The Piece of Presstitute Excrement known as the NYTimes Has Had to Admit that Yes there Is a Deep State at War with President Trump

Andy Griffith Message from the Grave: Are You Being Brainwashed?

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Leaked ABC News Insider Recording Exposes Epstein Coverup “We Had Clinton, We Had Everything” & MSM Executives Part Of ‘Network Of People’ That Covered For Epstein – Project Veritas Founder To RT
November 10 2019 | From: Geopolitics / RT / Various

The Epstein saga continues to haunt the legacy media, and the Deep State at large.

In its latest Epstein post-mortem update, the ABC News’ anchor Amy Robach was caught on a “hot mic” off-air conversation expressing her frustration about her network’s deliberate “killing of the story”, which involved “everything about [Bill] Clinton, Prince Andrew…” through “Epstein’s” Lolita Express.

Related: Mossad Asset Jeffrey Epstein Made Sex-tapes to Blackmail Powerful Americans

"I’ve had this interview with Virginia Roberts…we would not put it on the air. First of all, I was told ‘who’s Jeffrey Epstein.’

Then the Palace found out that we had her whole allegations about Prince Andrew and threatened us a million different ways…

She told me everything. She had pictures, she had everything. It was unbelievable what we had. Clinton, we had everything.”

Amy Robach, ABC News anchor

Related: ABC News Buried Epstein Story?

If she’s smart, she should have gone all the way. Now, her life is in constant jeopardy, and could be Epsteined in short order, in spite of the security she has.

New York’s former chief medical examiner, Dr. Michael Baden, claimed last month that Epstein’s wounds were more consistent with “homicidal strangulation” than suicide.

"Do I think he was killed? A hundred percent, yes I do. He made his whole living blackmailing people… There were a lot of men in those planes, a lot of men who visited that island, a lot of powerful men who came into that apartment.

Amy Robach, ABC News anchor

In the meantime, we have yet to see if the US Congress will have the same appetite as with the ongoing Trump “impeachment” to investigate this new angle to the Epstein story.

While these women have yet to see justice done to what had happened to them decades ago…

Epstein Survivors Julie Brown writer from Miami Herald stands with her four subjects and her videographer,Emily Michot. in NYC’s Bryant park on September 11th, 2019. H&M: Stacy Beneke Margret Avery Carmela Cali all from Zenobia Agency Photographed by Gillian Laub ID’s: Lilac Shirt: Virginia Roberts Giuffre; Multi color: Michelle Licata; Blue Jacket: Julie Brown; White Tank: Jena Lisa Jones; Green Stripes: Courtney Wild; Khaki jacket: Emily Michot

Related: Another Alleged Epstein & Prince Andrew Victim Comes Forward Implicating Joe Biden & “Many Others”

"Please, please finish what you have started … we all know he did not act alone, accuser Sarah Ransome told a court hearing in New York in August.

We are all survivors, and the pursuit of justice should not abate.

Don’t hold your breath though, as the entire Washington DC is tainted with everything having to do with pedophilia. That is just one of the leverage that the CIA, MOSSAD and the Israel Lobby have on all Western governments.

Related: Former Israeli Intel Official Claims Jeffrey Epstein, Ghislaine Maxwell Worked for Israel

The only question now is, will Trump make any tangible move against them, i.e. the 130,000 sealed indictments, or be content with mere acoustics to sustain the dialectic subterfuge of the Jesuits, whom every [other] politician pays homage to?

Related Articles:

Leaked ABC News Insider Recording Exposes Epstein Coverup “We had Clinton, We had Everything”

The Bill Gates and Jeffrey Epstein connection goes deeper, as both shared interests in eugenics

French Probe: Epstein and Modeling Agents Home Searched

From “Spook Air” to the “Lolita Express”: The Genesis and Evolution of the Jeffrey Epstein-Bill Clinton Relationship

The Sisters Who First Tried to Take Down Jeffrey Epstein

Prince Andrew 'knows what he's done', says Epstein sex accuser

Arizona GOP Senator: I’m Being Threatened For Trying To Expose Foster Care System’s Links To Child Sex Trafficking Ring

Coroner Destroys Official Narrative on Epstein

Doctor Who Witnessed Epstein Autopsy: Death More Consistent With Homicidal Strangulation Than Suicide

Jeffrey Epstein did not kill himself says pathologist who witnessed autopsy

Hillary Laughs When Asked How She Killed Epstein

MSM Executives Part Of ‘Network Of People’ That Covered For Epstein – Project Veritas Founder To RT

ABC and other mainstream media outlets refused to cover accusations against sex predator Jeffrey Epstein because “a network of people” that includes their executives were implicated, James O’Keefe of Project Veritas told RT.

The Disney-owned network has doubled down on its insistence that anchor Amy Robach’s story on Epstein three years ago lacked “enough corroboration” and thus wasn’t aired.

Related: ABC News anchor admits coordinated cover-up of Jeffrey Epstein rapes by mainstream media; news outlets complicit in repeated child rape crimes

This was after Project Veritas released a “hot mic” video of Robach slamming the decision to quash the story. 

The conservative filmmaker told RT on Tuesday that he believes ABC’s refusal to budge from that explanation backs up Robach’s claim that “a network of people” – including the executives running her channel – are “covering up for this” because they are somehow “implicated.”

Related: Virginia Roberts Giuffre’s ‘Pedophile Training’ Corroborates With Other Whistleblowers

Robach had interviewed Epstein's alleged sex slave Virginia Roberts Giuffre and other victims and claimed to have pictures and other proof to back up her story.

The never-aired exposé was such a bombshell that it provoked intimidating calls from “the [UK royal] palace, which threatened [ABC] a million different ways,” and Epstein lawyer Alan Dershowitz – and the media establishment, O’Keeffe said, is very susceptible to such threats.

Mainstream media’s decisions to suppress major stories like Epstein or the allegations of sexual assault against Hollywood producer Harvey Weinstein have contributed to a wholesale abandonment of trust in the media by the American people, O’Keeffe continued. 

"A lot of these people are not trusting the media anymore in this country because the media does not cover the news."

“It’s quite telling that this insider leaked this tape to Project Veritas and not the Washington Post, New York Times, CBS or CNN, because they seem to want to protect the people that were working with Jeffrey Epstein,” he added.

Related: One Of Epstein’s Victims Claims She Was Forced To Have Sex With Prince Andrew As A Teen & Mega Group,
Maxwells And Mossad: The Spy Story At The Heart Of The Jeffrey Epstein Scandal

“They’re fine airing the allegations against Brett Kavanaugh, or [President Donald] Trump, or anybody else, but when it comes to Bill Clinton and some of these folks who are mentioned by Amy in this hot mic tape, they say they just didn’t have enough corroboration,” O'Keefe said, recalling that Robach had specifically mentioned that “we had [Bill] Clinton.”

"I’m not sure how ABC News defines corroboration when it comes to credible witnesses talking about sexual assault."

Project Veritas, which specializes in undercover videos from inside liberally-minded organizations, has recently turned its eye on the media establishment, including CNN and now ABC.

Epstein, a financier with a reputation for having many famous and powerful friends – and a Caribbean island or two where he entertained them with underage girls – was found dead in his jail cell in August. His death was officially ruled a suicide, but a subsequent forensic examination cast doubt on the story that he killed himself.

Related Articles:

Journalists Infiltrate Epstein’s Abandoned “Orgy Island”

Guerilla Journalists Sneak Onto Jeffrey Epstein's 'Pedo Island'

Whitney Webb Interview on Epstein

French Investigators Interview Alleged Epstein Victims, Urge More to Come Forward

Harvard admits to receiving $9 million from Jeffrey Epstein

Jeffrey Zwi Epstein Migdal

Famed Forensic Doctor Suggests Jeffrey Epstein Died of Homicidal Strangulation

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Rise Of The Western Spy Assclown
November 9 2019 | From: AMGreatness / Various

As with any sclerotic bureaucracy whose mission is lost to circumstances, America’s former Cold War espionage apparatus has grown sloppy. But using Western spies to fabricate political dirt crosses a big line.

There was once a time when Washington needed spies with the power to operate clandestinely in a free society. Soviet Communism was an evil ideology that spread its error by revolutionary movements through what was then called “the domino theory.”

Related: The Pathocracy of the Deep State – Tyranny at the Hands of a Psychopathic Government

Sometime in the early 1990s, though, Russia ceased to embody an ideology and became a nation again. Alexander Solzhenitsyn moved back, and Russians stopped caring so much whether their little girl gymnasts got perfect 10s on the balance beam.

That left an entire apparatus in the West built to fend off Russian intrigue. None of it was dismantled. Instead, intrusive devices meant to prevent World War III wound up in the hands of EU bureaucrats and wannabee sophisticates of the American spy ranks. 

Together, they set out to invent Russian intrigue of the sort that let them use their cool gadgets. 

Chief among the spy assclowns was a Brit by the name of Christopher Steele. He built a big-shot life for himself by blaming Russia for stuff. It was Steele, as a member of MI6, who determined that Alexander Litvinenko’s poisoning was a Russian state hit.

Related: An Honest Assessment Of Putin + Kremlin Publishes Full Megan Kelly Putin Interview - NBC Cut The Best

Nobody has seen the evidence that says Russia poisoned Litvinenko.

We have to rely on Steele, and he can’t tell us how he knows Putin did it because then he’d have to kill us. But, not to worry, the venerable author of the infamous Steele dossier would never just make stuff up, right?

By such shadowy machinations, “Putin is a thug” replaced the domino theory as the raison d’etre of the lucrative Western spy apparatus. 

How Putin poisoning political enemies justifies complex intelligence gathering and military bases originally designed to prevent Soviet incursions into Western Europe is not something you were supposed to ponder. A priori, “Putin is a thug” means he wants to attack France. 

Some really smart people have been suckered by this circular reasoning. To take but one example, Pope John Paul II’s biographer, George Weigel, is staunchly on the side of preventing Putin’s inevitable march to Luxembourg and beyond. 

It is a peculiar feature of the American plutocracy that even papal biographers become paid pundits lending religious zeal in support of military measures to stop the spread of Soviet Communism that ended on its own back in 1991. 

Weigel is joined in his views by former Republican standard-bearers Mitt Romney and Paul Ryan, their strange bedfellows Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama, and all of NeverTrump. Russia-bad is something the entire Washington elite can agree upon.

Related: The DOJ's Russiagate Probe Just Turned Into A Criminal Investigation + Deep State In Total Panic As
Durham’s Investigation Confirmed To Have Transitioned To Criminal Phase: Indictments Imminent

Politico let the cat out of the bag back in 2015 when it reported:

The United States still maintains nearly 800 military bases in more than 70 countries and territories abroad . . . Britain, France and Russia, by contrast, have about 30 foreign bases combined.”

The great funding pipeline that makes Washington, D.C. the wealthiest region in America feeds mostly on military spending which still, nearly 30 years removed from the Cold War, requires a Russian enemy.

President Eisenhower - the furthest thing from a conspiracy theorist America has ever produced - famously warned in his farewell address to beware “the military-industrial complex.”

Related: New Zealand’s Homegrown Military-Industrial Complex

Unconventional candidate Donald Trump rattled Washington to its core in March 2016 when he wondered about NATO’s continued relevance and questioned America’s foreign policy in Ukraine. That’s when this “Putin’s candidate” stuff started among both Republicans and Democrats.

There is nothing illegal about paying people like George Weigel to evoke Russian enemies. His reasons for siding with the godless EU against a country that asks the Patriarch of the Church to pass on all legislation is between him and his maker.

Using Western spies to fabricate political dirt crosses a line, though. That is criminal.

As happens with any sclerotic bureaucracy whose mission is lost to circumstance - see, for example, your local post office - the former Cold War spy apparatus has grown sloppy. 

It serves political ends without sufficiently hiding its nefarious intentions. Even its spy arcana has become as ill-fitting as the vintage striped shorts letter carriers wear on hot days.

Related: Former CNN Host Piers Morgan Blasts The Crazy Left: “Liberals Have Become Unbearable” Which Is Why Trump Populism “Is Rising” + Subliminal Messages In Advertising: How They Affect Your Mind

Last week, Hillary Clinton stupidly accused Tulsi Gabbard and Jill Stein of being Russian assets. If spies are willing to deliver anything that has a 55-cent stamp, she might as well send some junk mail. 

The great fun will come next. John Brennan, James Comey, James Clapper, Andrew McCabe, Peter Strzok, and the rest thought they were kings in their world of make-believe, playing James Bond against the evil Trump.

Really, though, they were mailmen in ridiculous shorts, reliving past glories of the Sears Catalog day, while stuck hopelessly in a world of internet ordering and drone delivery.

A federal prosecutor is now asking questions. U.S. Attorney John Durham has Mifsud’s phones. This is going to get interesting, and soon. 

Related: Jared Kushner Explains How Mueller’s Junk Report Of Russian Facebook Influence Was Deep State Garbage

Unless, of course, the citadel holds, and the prosecution stops short of toppling Washington’s most strongly held conceit: that the $1.2 million McMansions in McClean, Virginia are necessary to stop Putin.

Even if that happens, the people are wiser from this ridiculousness. Washington will never return to that place where heroes like Pierre Delecto save the world from pretend Russian threats.

The swamp is draining.

Related Articles:

Trump Carries Out Sting Operation Against Coup Plotters Via UkraineGate & Justice Department To Question
Brennan In ‘Spygate’ Inquiry

Revealed: The Global Spy Network That Controls Us All

The American Deep State Would Sooner Sacrifice The Republic Than Lose Again To Donald Trump

Poll Finds 7 in 10 Believe America is Nearing Civil War

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Why You And Your Kids Should Detox Your Mind By “Deschooling”
November 8 2019 | From: TheDailyBell / Various

Everyone has beliefs and habits that they carry into adulthood with them.

Some of these are harmless remnants of childhood, like holding your breath as you go through a tunnel or skipping over cracks in the sidewalk.

Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

Others tend to be larger and more abstract, like the environment in which a child learns or if they tend to see things in a more objective or subjective light.

For many, these things are fairly set once you reach adulthood. They can only be “untaught” through conscious effort. Many children grow up immersed in the belief systems and moral compasses of their parents. Indoctrination in one way or another is inevitable. 

The education system, for many, is a huge part of that indoctrination. In school, a child is told what is essential to learn. They are being handed all of the information necessary to pass tests.

Those tests, combined with class participation and completed homework, make up the grades that will get the child into a good college. They are conditioned to take information and retain it without question. 

Related: Study Shows Kids Are Born Creative Geniuses But The Education System Destroys Imagination

In my previous article, I explained why unschooling – encouraging a child to use their natural curiosity to direct their own learning – is vital to our society.

When children are removed from a traditional school environment to be unschooled, it is highly recommended that they first go through a “deschooling process”. This process, and the need for it, is explained in greater detail by Ivan Illich in his book Deschooling Society.

Illich explains that:

The public is indoctrinated to believe that skills are valuable and reliable only if they are the result of formal schooling.”

Through deschooling, a child sheds the belief that learning can only occur when it is being fed to them or overseen. It paves the way for an entirely new way of thinking

Deschooling is just as important for the parents as it is for the child. The parents often find themselves grappling with what they think versus what they have been told to think.

Their own indoctrination, at this point, is deeply rooted and much harder to reverse. Unschooling is counter-cultural and, as such, the parents will often face quite a bit of pushback from the culture in which they live.

Related: The Inherent Problem With Mainstream Education And How It Keeps The World Stuck

Usually, this will come when a child is seen outside of school during school hours. A stranger at the grocery store, library or playground will ask why the child is not in school and be surprised, even incredulous, at the answer.

Family members may think that the parents are doing a disservice to their child by keeping them away from all that the school system has to offer. When this happens, nothing has gone wrong. If anything, it should serve as a reminder to the parents that they are choosing to unschool for a reason. 

This process is not exclusively beneficial for school-aged children and their families. Any adult can and should go through a deschooling, or deprograming, process.

Since school is such a large part of a child’s life, and school programs a child to believe that essential information can only be that which is handed to them, some part of that mentality must be carried into adulthood.

The news, various authorities and preconceived notions take the place of teachers in the adult world.  So many adults are being programmed, from childhood, to accept information from authority and process it as fact. 

Deschooling for a child is, essentially, helping them to clear the regimented, traditional school from their system. This process does not have a time limit. The learning will begin when the child is ready, when their natural desire to learn is reawakened.  

Related: UN Adopts Global Common Core Education To Ensure Their Vision Of Global Totalitarianism

For the parent, deschooling is a letting go of the belief that there needs to be a system.

There are no grades, no outside authority to tell them or their child what is essential to know and no tests to mark progress. It is a complete trust in the child’s innate desire to learn. 

When a parent and child are deschooling, it could look like:

Trips to playgrounds and museums

Playdates with friends

Listening to music

Painting and coloring 

Walks and hikes

Clearing a busy schedule

Watching a movie

Reading together

Related: Schools: The New "Animal Farm"

The purpose of these seemingly unrelated things is to help the child (and parent) let go of dependence on a curriculum to learn what is necessary. 

When an adult sets out to deschool, or deprogram, themselves it could look like:

Doing something enjoyable for the sake of enjoyment, without an end goal in mind

Accepting feelings and behaviors without assigning judgments to them

Clearing the calendar of all unnecessary obligations

For both children and adults, this process is imperative to shedding the dependence on outside sources for information and approval or disapproval. It is the beginning steps of a departure from a set, societally approved way of living and thinking.

Deschooling is the beginning steps toward a lifetime of creativity, love of learning and self-trust.

Related Articles:

Kids Meditate Instead Of Taking ADHD Medications, See Amazing Resuts + Elementary School Sends Kids To
Meditation Instead Of Detention And The Results Are Astounding

Why Children Hate School + Digital Media And Kids: How Much Is Too Much?

Education Programming 101: Destroy Logic

Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School

Why Millions Of Kids Don’t See Any Purpose In Going To School Anymore & Matrix Revealed: Why
Logic Disappeared

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Why Vodafone’s Claims That 5G Is Safe Are Not Credible & Lawyer Presents Strong Case Against 5G
November 7 2019 | From: Stop5G / GBWeekly / Various

If you have visited Vodafone NZ’s website lately you may have noticed that it has a whole page designed to convince its customers that 5G is a safe technology.

Under the headline “Is 5G safe to use?” the company claims that “5G is designed to be fully compliant with existing international EMF exposure guidelines. This means it has been safeguarded against all established health hazards for everyone, including children.”

Related: Top 10 reasons to say “NO” to 5G

It sounds good doesn’t it?  Who wouldn’t want 5G if it’s even safe enough for children?

There’s one big problem with Vodafone touting 5G on the basis that it is “fully compliant” with “EMF exposure guidelines” and that is that is that the EMF exposure guidelines” used in New Zealand are designed only to prevent thermal  injury (burns) and electric shocks not the many health problems that have been linked to exposure to levels of microwave radiation allowable under the applicable New Zealand standard (NZS 2772.1:1999)   

Another problem is that the 5G system proposed for NZ would not just use microwave radiation (for which there is already a large amount of research showing adverse biological and health effects) but would also incorporate millimetre waves, which are not well researched.

An article “5G and The Internet of Things: A Real Need for Speed or a Predictable Dilemma?” on the website of Physicians for Safe Technology warns readers that  “There has been no premarket testing for health or environmental harm.” [Emphasis added]

WHO’s Claims About Mobile Phones

The company goes on to quote from the WHO website that states:

A large number of studies have been performed over the last two decades to assess whether mobile phones pose a potential health risk.

To date, no adverse health effects have been established as being caused by mobile phone use.”

The statement on WHO’s website is misleading because there is research showing adverse health effects attributable to mobile phone use, such as this study that reported higher incidence of brain tumour (glioma) in longer term cell phone users.

Of even more concern is the fact that it does not seem to be necessary to actually hold a cell phone (or cordless phone) to your head in order to increase your risk of cancer. Just living close to cellular phone infrastructure may be enough to increase your cancer risk, according to some studies, such as this one.

By the way, there is a comprehensive critique of the WHO page from which Vodafone excerpted the quote at this link.

Related: “We Have No Reason to Believe 5G Is Safe” – Scientific American Blog Post

MoH Claims About 5G

Vodafone’s website also refers the reader to Ministry of Health information on 5G. 

While most people would assume that the NZ Ministry of Health should be an accurate and unbiased source of information about 5G, in practice this does not seem to be the case

One of the reasons for this is that the Ministry of Health’s own source of advice on EMF and health is a committee  (the Interagency Committee on the Health Effects of Non-Ionising Fields) which was set up to specifically allow for participation by people in the telecommunications and electricity industry

Most people would consider it to be bad practice to include industry employees or consultants as members of a committee convened to give advice on health effects given that they have such obvious conflicts of interest but the Ministry of Health (and the current Minister of Health) seem to be perfectly happy with this sad state of affairs.

You can read a critique of the Ministry of Health’s so-called fact sheet on 5G at this link.

Related: 5G Cell Phone Radiation: How The Telecom Companies Are Losing The Battle To Impose 5G Against The Will Of The People + French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network

ICNIRP and NZ Standards

New Zealand has pathetically lax standards for the type of radiation produced by cellular phone towers and other wireless infrastructure – such as the “small cells” planned to be used in 5G. These standards ultimately derive from recommendations made by ICNIRP.

ICNIRP is a non governmental organisation (NGO) that includes members who have links to the telecommunications industry. A few of the shortcomings of the basis on which ICNIRP makes its recommendations have been pointed out in a recent article in the Lancet.

A nice little cartoon that has useful information about ICNIRP and a similar organisation may be found here)

Doctors Call for Delaying Deployment of 5G Due to Health Risks

Related: 5G: From the Guy Installing it

Consumer Magazine Article Promotes 5G

Vodafone’s website also refers readers to an article in Consumer magazine called “Why 5G Isn’t a Health Hazard” which basically says that 5G is great because it will allow faster internet and driverless cars – without pointing out that urban street trees may need to be substantially trimmed or may simply be cut down to allow for the operation of 5G networks and driverless cars.

The article also gives the impression that 5G is safe for people.

There’s a critique of the Consumer article on 5G here.

Many Doctors and Scientists Oppose 5G

Of course Vodafone doesn’t bother to mention on its page that literally thousands of doctors and scientists are so concerned about the roll out of 5G without proper pre-market safety testing that they have signed international appeals on this issue, such as this one.

Related: The 5G Electromagnetic “Mad Zone” Poised To Self-Destruct: The 5G “Dementors” Meet The 4G “Zombie
Apocalypse” & 5G Wireless: A Ridiculous Front For Global Control

Vodafone’s 5G Information Page Does Not Once Mention the “C” Word

Vodafone NZ doesn’t once mention the word “cancer” or “carcinogen” (cancer-causing agent) on its 5G and health page even though microwave radiation was classified as a possible carcinogen (Group 2B) by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) in 2011.

More recent research had led to calls for this form of radiation to be reclassified as a probable or proven carcinogen.

New Zealand has the second highest age-standardised cancer rate in the world. One thing we do not need as a nation is even more of our people developing cancer through unnecessary exposure to potentially carcinogenic radiation.

Vodafone Makes a Lot of Money Out of Services that Use WirelessRadiation

Vodafone* hopes to make a lot of money from 5G – and Vodafone is also marketing 4G-based wireless broadband internet and wireless home phone systems.

It is likely to want to build more cell phone towers in order to provide these services plus it plans to “upgrade” many more sites to be able to deploy 5G before other NZ companies.

The WHO Cover-Up that is Costing Us the Earth

Related: Western Insanity and 5G Electromagnetic Radiation

Naturally the company wants you to think that cell phones, cell phone towers, 5G etc. are safe.

The company does not want to have to deal with opposition from local residents who do not want cell phone towers in their neighbourhood because of the potential health risks documented in recent studies such as DNA damage and increased risk of diabetes.

Vodafone stands to lose a lot of money if people wake up to the vast amount of research that shows that the form of radiation used in these wireless communications systems can have adverse health effects – and choose safe hardwired alternatives instead.

You can protect your health by choosing hardwired communications whenever possible.

*To be fair, Vodafone is not the only company that want to market 5G in NZ; Spark and 2Degrees want to do this, too and that is why all three of these companies are the subject of a recently launched boycott.

Website Editor’s Note:

Thank you for reading this post on www.5G.org.nz, NZ’s 5G information website. If you found it to be interesting, please share it with your friends and family.

If you are on Facebook, please also check out the 5G Free New Zealand FB page at the following link as this is the best way to stay up-to-date with 5G related news.

If you would like to help in any way with the campaign against 5G in NZ, please email through the Contact Form on this website.

Related: The Urgency To Educate On The Dangers Of 5G Technology, Especially With Mothers & “With 5G, We Are
Guinea Pigs” - Media Reports 5G Injuries From Swiss Experiments In Geneva

There is a now Resources page on the site where you can download flyers and poster for printing and distribution and also download the new 5G Free New Zealand Personal Action Plan.

We now also have an Events Page in which events relating to 5G will be listed as information comes to hand.

If you would like to stay up to date with information on what is happening in NZ in relation to smart technology, 5G and wireless and health issues, please visit www.stopsmartmeters.org.nz  and email through the contact form and ask to be signed up to the free email list.

This will mean that you receive occasional newsletters from Stop Smart Meters NZ which include information on 5G as well as smart meters and related wireless technologies.

Related Articles:

Petition of Jennie Brown: Stop 5G until independent testing proves it safe for humans & the environment

The 5G Dragnet

Unmasked E3: 5G - Part 1 - A SMART Revolution or Technological Distopia

5G Radiation Sickens Thousands of Workers as Residents Are Warned to Stay Away

Radiation Sickness Nukes 250,000 Cell Tower Workers According to Insurance Study

Dr Martin Pall on EMF , Electromagnetic field exposures

5G beam waves in air destroy the birds' guidance system

Find out why 5G can kill you

5G Draining the Cesspit in the Fake UK Government

Researcher Warns that 5G Might Actully Cause Cancer After All

5G Breaches ICNIRP Guidelines and All Safety Standards

5G and the Wireless World

California Supreme Court Sides with Cities in Small Cell Faceoff

Court upholds SF’s right to prevent telecom companies from marring scenic views

US Actress Ali McGraw Testifies Against the 5G Cell Tower Rollout

What's Really Going On? | Dr. Dietrich Klinghardt

Cell Towers Cause Cancer According to US Air Force Report

3000+ Delegates Attend Summit to Decide If 5G Is Worth Risking Lives and Fortunes Due to Drastically Reduced Weather Forecasting Accuracy

Lawyer Presents Strong Case Against 5G

The planned rollout of the 5G network is a “huge issue” according to a leading environmental lawyer who spoke in Takaka recently.

Nelson-based Sue Grey was invited by campaigning group 5G-Free Golden Bay to provide a legal perspective on the new technology.

Related: Cancer Expert Declares Cell Phone and Wireless Radiation as Carcinogenic to Humans

Judging by the large audience at the public meeting in the Senior Citizens’ Hall, it appears that there is a hunger for information on the subject – a suspicion confirmed by Sue at the start of her address.

Hardly anyone knows anything about 5G.”

What is known is that exposure to the high-frequency, high-energy radiation associated with the 5G network is linked to a range of health and wellbeing effects, including cancer, infertility and electrical hypersensitivity.

Studies funded by the telecoms industry, however, are frequently designed to be shorter than known latency periods of many tumours, and are therefore prone to producing false negative which show no harm.

Sue said the Government was happy to accept these findings, because “new technology is assumed to be safe until it is proved dangerous”.

Related: Danish Citizens Are Suing the Danish State Over Forced 5G Installation

This may explain why the Government has given the green light to 5G. The new network also has additional implications for personal rights, which are also being ignored, said Sue.

“We are heading to a world of AI [artificial intelligence], raising issues of freedom of information, privacy and security.”

Despite the growing concern about 5G, Sue said that the public has been denied a voice. “The decision has been made without consultation with us and using law changes to ease it in.”

She explained that laws and out-of-date safety standards “written by telcos [telecommunications companies]” sitting on advisory committees “stuffed with telcos” meant that the local authority planning regulations can simply be bypassed, enabling potentially harmful infrastructure to be installed unhindered.

Councils have been pretty much excluded. The telcos have been given a blanket exemption from the resource consent process. That makes it difficult for communities because the normal consultation process is not there.”

With the Government intending to auction off parts of the 5G spectrum next year, Sue warned that campaigners have little time to stop the rollout.

“Once the spectrum is allocated, telcos will want to go ahead, so there is a limited window to slow down the process.”

Related: Inquiry launched into 5G in Australia

Although the deck is seemingly stacked in favour of big business, Sue said that people are connecting and starting to exercise their power.

Community groups are springing up all over the country... If we can make a fuss, we can make a difference.

Among the tactics available, Sue suggested using nuisance law to prevent neighbours hosting telecom masts, and ensuring that workplace health and safety advisers identify non-ionising radiation as a risk to be managed.

And she recommended two tangible actions.

One is taking business away from companies advocating 5G. “Write to them and boycott them. Go to a more sympathetic telco.” The other is about influencing government policy.

"Write to the Government. Sign a petition demanding a moratorium on the sale of the 5G spectrum until we have an inquiry to assess harm.”

Related: 5G Wireless Technology Is War against Humanity & 5G – The Global Human Experiment Without Consent

Sue said the Government needs to seriously step up on 5G.

They clearly aren’t looking after us; we have an EPA [Environmental Protection Agency] which doesn’t protect the environment and we have a Ministry of Health that doesn’t protect our health.”

But she does suspect that the tide may be turning. “I’m seeing there is a bit of a shift in government’s position, so we need to keep the pressure on.”

Whatever mix of tactics is employed, Sue believes that taking action is the key to effecting change.

“Doing nothing is not an option.”

For more information go to www.suegrey.co.nz or visit 5G-Free Golden Bay Facebook page.

Related Articles:

BT turn on 5g in Coventry - birds fall from trees dead

5G Gigantic health hazard - Dr Barrie Trower & Sir Julian Rose

Spark 5G live on Auckland Harbour for Emirates Team NZ

Heartbreaking... little girl asks city council to move Verizon antenna from her room [ 5G Is Here ]

5G Toxic Rasiation Transmitters RVI Childrens Hospital

Big brother is watching, and selling your data

Dr. George Carlo - EMF and Cell Phone Radiation Dangers

Snowden says don't use Wifi, I explain why

We Have No Reason to Believe 5G Is Safe

International Scientist Appeal on Electromagnetic Fields Martin Blank PhD

5G+Al+Si+F+Hg = The New Days of Atlantis

5G Technology: The Greatest Conspiracy of All Time?

5G Technology Is The "Stupidest Idea In The History Of The World" Says Washington State Science Professor &
Lloyds Of London And Other Insurers Refuse To Cover Health Claims Caused By 5G Wireless Technologies

5G: The Dominoes Are Starting To Fall

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The 5th Eye
November 6 2019 | From: NZIFF / CutCutCut

This densely packed doco from the directors of Operation 8 questions the price of New Zealand’s involvement in the Five Eyes intelligence alliance, and relates the improbable tale of its 2008 sabotage by the Waihopai Three.

If our PM or the relevant public servants feel truly comfortable about New Zealand’s participation in the Five Eyes intelligence alliance, it doesn’t show when they are seen explaining it, defending it, or downright refusing to talk about it in this documentary.

Related: Full Disclosure: The Internet Dark Age - Five Eyes Sources And Methods Uncovered Disabling The FVEY ECHELON / GCHQ / NSA / CSEC / DSD / GCHB Systems

The disavowals we see are a matter of public record, but filmmakers Errol Wright and Abi King-Jones (Operation 8) embed those TV interviews, parliamentary declamations and media ops in a concise history of New Zealand’s post war dependency on the United States.

For lucid, more confidently-held commentary, the filmmakers turn to inveterate watchdogs such as Nicky Hager, Jane Kelsey, Murray Horton and Paul Buchanan, but evolve a position of their own through the accumulation and agile juxtaposition of some very telling material.

They also thread an unlikely tale of protest through this scenario, following the actions of the three earnest bumblers who, against all odds, successfully damaged the Waihopai spy station in 2008. A priest, a subsistence farmer and a teacher, they acted out of Christian conviction, claiming Five Eyes implicated New Zealanders in the murder of children in Iraq.

When they ran that argument in court, the jury acquitted them. No Crown witness was summoned to contradict them. When the GCSB has been so often in the news, with Kim Dotcom frequently in tow, there’s likely to be an audience, less heroic perhaps, that’s simply grateful to this film for providing a blow-by-blow account of the GCSB’s misadventures – and their expanding powers to make suspects of all of us.

For screening information visit: NZIFF

Related: New Zealand 'Reintegrated' Into Five Eyes Global Spy Network After 2-Decade Absence

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Bullshit Philosophy Of Positive Thinking
November 5 2019 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

Are you tired of hearing people tell you to just "stay positive" when life kicks you in the teeth and all you want is to cry? Are you fed up with reading self-help books that promise to help resolve your life problems, when in reality all they advice you is to "keep a positive mindset" and do nothing more?

If so, I'm sure my new article will resonate with you. It's titled "The Bullshit Philosophy of Positive Thinking" - and for a good reason. I wrote it because, like you, I'm done with all the bullshit the self-help industry is trying to sell us and so many people fall for.

Related: Ten Ways To Easily Boost Your Serotonin Levels And Live A Happier Life

My aim behind writing this is to dispel the myth of "positive thinking", and to show how we can effectively deal with our problems, not by negating them - as the philosophy of positive thinking urges us to do - but by accepting them.

“Just think positively and all your problems will vanish into thin air. Don’t care about taking action to create the life you want – just sit where you are and visualize with positive intent that everything’s going to be alright.”

This is the philosophy that many self-help coaches, authors and so-called spiritual teachers are preaching. It has been named “positive thinking” and is selling pretty well, considering that the positive thinking industry is a multi-billion dollar industry.

But what if I told you that it’s total bullshit?

You might be thinking: “What the hell, Sofo, have you gone crazy? Your entire blog is about how to overcome suffering and live a better life – in other words, about how to let go of the negative and experience the positive – and now you are telling me that positive thinking is bullshit?”

Yes, that’s exactly what I’m telling you. But before you’re too quick to judge, let me explain myself.

Related: Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life

Shutting Your Eyes Won’t Make Your Problems Disappear

If you look at life without the filters of ideology, you will see that it contains both positive and negative realities: There’s pleasure and pain, love and hate, peace and war, and so on and so forth.

According to the philosophy of positive thinking, however, we shouldn’t think about the negative side of life, and, in fact, we should pretend that it doesn’t even exist. This way, we are told, we won’t be affected by it.

Not only that; if we don’t think about it and instead focus on the positive side, the negative will go away just like that.

“Don’t worry about the starving children in Africa. Just pray for them and they will be alright.”

“Don’t worry about rising sea levels, environmental pollution, and biodiversity loss. Just keep a positive mindset and our planet will recover from all the damage that has been inflicted on it.”

“Don’t worry about your job that you hate or your relationships that are messed up. Just visualize that you’re already living the life of your dreams and you will soon find the ideal partner and the perfect career.”

Needless to say, positive thinking won’t do a damn thing about all the above. The African children will keep on dying in millions from starvation, our planet will keep on being harmed, and your life will keep on sucking.

In fact, things will get even worse. By not paying our problems any attention and actually doing something to resolve them, with time they are bound to become more and more complicated and hence increasingly affect us and the world we live in.

“Look, here’s the little trick I use that makes all my problems disappear.” - Master Positive Thinker

Related: How Trying To Be Happy Makes Us Unhappy & 6 Stupid Things Most People Think Are Important

To give you an analogy, positive thinking is like being in a house that’s on fire, while trying to convince yourself that everything’s OK, believing that this way the fire is going to disappear. Of course, the fire will keep on burning and growing wilder until it eventually consumes the entire house and yourself along with it.

That’s why I call positive thinking a bullshit philosophy: Not only doesn’t it work, it’s counterproductive too – that is, it creates the exact opposite results of what it seeks. The question, then, is why do so many people buy into it?

The Appeal of Positive Thinking

Somewhere I read the following profound words:

Do not be afraid to accept ugly truths, and never be afraid to reject beautiful lies.”

Unfortunately, the wide majority of us (and by “us” I mean “humans”) don’t hesitate for a moment to accept lies that are beautiful and reject truths that are ugly.

That’s because ugly truths remind us of serious life problems that we need to resolve, and to do so we need to go through a lot of hardship and pain. And who likes to experience hardship and pain?

No one (well, except masochists, I guess).

Related: To Sell You Happiness, They First Make You Feel Like Shit

So we tend to avoid facing our problems. And what’s the best way to do so? To not look at them at all, in a desperate effort to fool ourselves that they don’t exist.

It’s no wonder, therefore, that so many people buy into the (bullshit) philosophy of positive thinking. They want to hear beautiful lies that will make them feel that everything’s alright, and hence that they needn’t stress about anything.

And since we are living in a world where money is the ruling force, of course there are going to be some cunning individuals who are willing to sell positive thinking and exploit others’ insecurities for their financial gain.

Personally, through my writing I like to state the truth as it is, even if it’s at times terribly ugly. I know that many of you - my readers - might be put off by it, but I also know that this is the only way to face our problems and deal with them, on a personal and a collective level.

So if you’re a long-time fan of The Unbounded Spirit, I’d like to take a moment to praise you for being such a badass reader and a committed seeker of truth.

From Positive Thinking to Realistic, Action-Based Thinking

Imagine you are chronically ill, suffering from a painful, debilitating disease. You can pretend all you want that your disease isn’t serious, and have faith that you’ll soon recover to good health, without doing anything to treat your condition. However, in reality this will do nothing to help you heal - your disease will keep on being there, and chances are that it will be worsening as you age.

Now imagine that you, instead, decided to let a doctor have a look at you and tell you what is the underlying cause of your disease and how to treat it. The doctor might inform you that the treatment involves some pain - it could be that you need surgery or to take a heavy dose of medication with possible side effects.

But you know that, no matter the extra pain you may undergo during the treatment, in the end it will be worth it. That’s because afterwards you’ll be relieved of the chronic pain caused by your disease, while the additional pain caused by the treatment will only be temporary. So you decide to treat your disease, and get back to being healthy.

Related: A Zen Master Explains Why “Positive Thinking” Is Terrible Advice

Like in the above example, if we wish to overcome our life problems, then we need to do something about them. By that I don’t mean to merely repeat positive affirmations in our minds and wish that all is going to be perfectly fine.

Rather, I mean to stand up from our chairs, roll up our sleeves and take concrete action. But first we need to accept our problems, instead of denying them, as the philosophy of positive thinking urges us to do.

We need to look at them in the eye, examine why they are there, and search for ways to effectively deal with them.

Of course, this can be quite a tough thing to do. To admit that something is wrong with our lives is a bitter pill to swallow. And to change it might require painstakingly hard work.

But, whether we like it or not, there’s no other way to go about it.

Either we work our problems out and suffer for a short while, or we ignore them and suffer for as long as we’re alive.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Understanding Trump’s United Nations Appearance – He Was Speaking To America, Scorning The Cabal Servants In The Room
November 4 2019 | From: PhiBetaIota

President Donald Trump’s speech and press conference at the United Nations are a permanent record and valuable when analyzed with an American populist lens.

It is not possible to responsibly analyze his appearance without appreciating two facts: first, President Trump was not speaking to those present, he was speaking to America; second, all those present are servants to the Cabal, committed to globalism and the end of individual and local rights, and President Trump knows that.

Related: Is Neoliberalism destroying the world? A. Admati, S. Gindin, P. Mirowski & Y. Varoufakis interviewed by CBC Radio

Stated most clearly: Donald Trump’s speech was the death notice for the Cabal, and his press conference a masterful display of intelligence with integrity – indeed, the word “finesse,” not normally associated with this President, has been used in some circles

Additional: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate
Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal does.

Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like

Related Articles:

Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story

Why finesse? He is finessing the Zionists – the last Cabal domino that must fall after the Rothschilds (done) and the Vatican (almost done).

For those who value brevity, here is the “executive briefing” on the speech and the press conference. Obviously the interpretations are speculative but observers should understand that there is no going back from the Trump era – he has stopped the Deep State and he is taking down the Shadow Government.

Related: Trump Takes On The Federal Reserve

Whether he fulfills all his promises or not, America’s path is now toward a restoration of the Constitution and a restoration of public power that will displacing banking power, reliant on bribery, blackmail, and legalized lies including false flag operations, as the foundation for Cabal power. Whoever follows Trump will continue in this vein.

The Speech

INTRODUCTION: The derisive laughter of those assembled when President Donald Trump spoke of his economic triumphs can be explained in three ways:

First, the Administration has not done a good job explaining all that he has done (including the recovery of tens of  trillions of dollars from the Cabal, and reassertion – virtual nationalization – of the Federal Reserve), and much of what has been in preparation has not yet emerged, such as the gold-backed dollar, the debt jubilee, and plans to pump $1.5 trillion dollars into the economy through 6,000 “bottom up” agents of the President.

Related: Trump On Establishment Media: “Truth Doesn’t Matter To Them” & Leaked 49-Page Memo Documents How George Soros Is Behind Social Media Censorship

Second, the Mainstream Media (MSM) and #GoogleGestapo (notably Facebook, Google, Twitter, and YouTube) have been actively censoring and digitally assassinating those seeking to articulate the accomplishments of the Administration; and -

Third; everyone in the room is facing personal ruin if and when President Donald Trump’s full vision is realized.

Below are thirteen extracts with interpretations quite contrary to the subversive nonsense being offered up by the MSM and #GoogleGestapo.

The Marshall Plan was built on the noble idea that the whole world is safer when nations are strong, independent, and free.   . . .   we do expect all nations to uphold these two core sovereign duties:  to respect the interests of their own people and the rights of every other sovereign nation.”  

INTERPRETATION: Globalism, and the role of the UN as a “steward” for “managing” the world as whole without respect for local and national needs and rights, is OVER.

Related: Stuff pulled their “World Order” headline to Jacinda’s speech

We are celebrating the 230th anniversary of our beloved Constitution - the oldest constitution still in use in the world today.   . . .  

The greatest in the United States Constitution is its first three beautiful words.  

They are:  “We the people.” Generations of Americans have sacrificed to maintain the promise of those words, the promise of our country, and of our great history.  

In America, the people govern, the people rule, and the people are sovereign.  I was elected not to take power, but to give power to the American people, where it belongs.”

INTERPRETATION: The arrests and military tribunals are about to begin. Plans for the gold-backed (or precious metals backed) US dollar are ready; the Federal Reserve is now under control; the looting of the US Treasury by the Cabal is no longer tolerated.

Related: QAnon Links US Attorney With Thousands Of Sealed Indictments Decimating The Deep State

As President of the United States, I will always put America first, just like you, as the leaders of your countries will always, and should always, put your countries first."

INTERPRETATION: America First means NOT Zionism First. The President is “playing” Benjamin Netanyahu and the Zionist government of Israel that recently declared itself at apartheid state and all Jews everywhere to be citizens of Israel (meaning they are inherently traitors to their home counties).

President Hassan Rouhani, who speaks fluent English, made a serious mistake in not accepting President Trump at his word and taking a short meeting with no witnesses; not only would this have allowed the two Presidents to connect at a personal level and exchange private fax numbers, but it would have driven the Zionists mad.

President Rouhani might also have gained some priceless strategic insight.

Related: Understanding "Jewish" [Khazarian Zionist] Power

The United States will forever be a great friend to the world, and especially to its allies.  But we can no longer be taken advantage of, or enter into a one-sided deal where the United States gets nothing in return.  

As long as I hold this office, I will defend America’s interests above all else.”

INTERPRETATION: Mindful that the USA has been the Great Satan for many, as the military and secret intelligence “tool” of the Cabal, wreaking great havoc across the developing world, that era, partly rooted in the American capture of Chinese gold stolen by Japan and hidden in the Philippines (the Black Lily Fund), is over.

We want harmony and friendship, not conflict and strife.  We are guided by outcomes, not ideology.  

We have a policy of principled realism, rooted in shared goals, interests, and values.”

INTERPRETATION: The President has read, and intends to pursue, a foreign policy of freedom – peace, commerce, and honest friendship, as championed by Ron and Rand Paul.

The President intends to withdraw from the Middle East and Central Asia, from the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), to redirect US arms productions from swords to plowshares; and perhaps to close all US bases overseas and expel the UN from New York. America’s focus will be on peace and prosperity for the 99%, not on war as a profit center for the 1%.

Related: Giving Trump's Accomplishments Their Due

The scourge of our planet today is a small group of rogue regimes that violate every principle on which the United Nations is based.  They respect neither their own citizens nor the sovereign rights of their countries.”

INTERPRETATION: While he talks about North Korea and Iran in the passages that follow, retired military and intelligence circles believe he is talking about Israel and Saudi Arabia.

He did not act on his promise with respect to 9/11 truth because it was one election cycle too soon. When 9/11 truth inevitably comes out (as elite pedophilia and elite banking fraud truths will also inevitably come out), both Israel and Saudi Arabia will be expelled from the USA and the Cabal will be over: the Rothschilds, the Vatican, and the Chabad Supremacist Cult along with their Freemason, Knights of Malta, and central banking servants will be OVER.

All of the statement pertaining to North Korea and Iran are for the American audience and part of finessing the Zionists in the short term – after the denuclearization of the Koreas the denuclearization of the Middle East, starting with the 200+ nuclear weapons held by Israel and funded by the US taxpayer, is certain. In our lifetime.

Related: 'Complete Denuclearization Of The Korean Peninsula'

Last month, I announced a new strategy for victory in the fight against this evil in Afghanistan.  From now on, our security interests will dictate the length and scope of military operations, not arbitrary benchmarks and timetables set up by politicians.”

INTERPRETATION: After the mid-terms we will announce our departure from Afghanistan. The Pashtun Taliban will be encouraged to close down the opium crops that were re-started by Bush-Cheney to provide cash flow liquidity for the Cabal. Pakistan’s military, the primary converters of opium into top grade heroin, will suffer a financial crisis.

We seek the de-escalation of the Syrian conflict, and a political solution that honors the will of the Syrian people.  
The actions of the criminal regime of Bashar al-Assad, including the use of chemical weapons against his own citizens - even innocent children - shock the conscience of every decent person.  

No society can be safe if banned chemical weapons are allowed to spread.  That is why the United States carried out a missile strike on the airbase that launched the attack.”

INTERPRETATION: We will leave Syria and insist that Israel leave Syria, to include (eventually) the return of the Golan Heights (and the oil beneath the Golan Heights) to Syria. China (which now runs both Israeli ports) and Russia will be the main arbiters of Middle East peace going forward.

Related: Trump, The New York Times, And Fake News

The United States is a compassionate nation and has spent billions and billions of dollars in helping to support this effort.  

We seek an approach to refugee resettlement that is designed to help these horribly treated people, and which enables their eventual return to their home countries, to be part of the rebuilding process.

For the cost of resettling one refugee in the United States, we can assist more than 10 in their home region.”

INTERPRETATION: The USA is going to encourage all nationalist movements in Europe that are rejecting the influx of unemployed Muslims as made possible by the Barcelona Agreement where European leaders were bribed by the Saudis and others to accept the human sacrifices from dictatorial repression and mis-management.

The economics are sound – ending US taxpayer support for dictators and their ceremonial armies that cannot fight, and demanding that other countries cease to export their poor to the West, is going to be a major policy plank going forward.

Related: Syrian President Says Terrorists Are Mixed In With Refugees + Russian MP Says Terrorists' Days Are Numbered In Syria After Palmyra's Liberation

Too often the focus of this organization [the UN] has not been on results, but on bureaucracy and process. In some cases, states that seek to subvert this institution’s noble aims have hijacked the very systems that are supposed to advance them.   . . . 

The United States is one out of 193 countries in the United Nations, and yet we pay 22 percent of the entire budget and more.“

INTERPRETATION: The UN is on notice. In his second term President Trump can be expected to begin cutting the size of the federal government by at least 25%, and will impose similar demands on the UN.

Eventually US support to the UN should come down to 10% of its budget, and most US foreign aid will be delivered directly to the village level via electronic micro-cash, as recommended by Ashraf Ghani and Claire Lockhart.

Put another way: the UN is not too big to fail, we are going to cut it down severely.

Related: Trump: Reminder, The Only Evidence Of Russian 'Collusion' Is By Hillary & The DNC + The Mechanics Of Democratic Deception

For too long, the American people were told that mammoth multinational trade deals, unaccountable international tribunals, and powerful global bureaucracies were the best way to promote their success.  

But as those promises flowed, millions of jobs vanished and thousands of factories disappeared.  Others gamed the system and broke the rules.  

And our great middle class, once the bedrock of American prosperity, was forgotten and left behind, but they are forgotten no more and they will never be forgotten again.

“While America will pursue cooperation and commerce with other nations, we are renewing our commitment to the first duty of every government:  the duty of our citizens.  

This bond is the source of America’s strength and that of every responsible nation represented here today.”

INTERPRETATION: This is the meat. The Cabal – and the banks and corporations used by the Cabal to loot the nations of the world – has been put into foreclosure.

Patriotism led the Poles to die to save Poland, the French to fight for a free France, and the Brits to stand strong for Britain.”

INTERPRETATION: This is a very subtle slam on Israel and a nod to the Palestinians. President Rouhani made a huge error in not meeting President Trump (unless of course he met him secretly).

As Gandhi has said, “Palestine is to the Palestinians as France is to the French.”

No one thought the Berlin Wall would come down.  No one thought the Koreas would unite. As God is my witness, Palestine will be restored in our lifetime.

Related: Thousands Of Israeli Protesters Call For Benjamin Netanyahu To Step Down

Are we still patriots?  Do we love our nations enough to protect their sovereignty and to take ownership of their futures?   . . .   From its very first moments, the American story is the story of what is possible when people take ownership of their future.”

INTERPRETATION: He is speaking to the American people. He is setting the stage for what I and Cynthia McKinney call “people not parties.” The Great Awakening is at root an awakening of all those who have been looted by the Cabal and not represented by the two-party tyranny.

While the President has not taken official action on #UNRIG (Election Reform Act) he is acutely aware of it – he KNOWS that he cannot win re-election in 2020 unless he broadens the base and offers free and equal ballot access to Independents and the small parties and the 47% who chose not to vote in 2016 because the systems is “rigged,” in the President’s own word.

The Press Conference

The key points that emerged from this unscripted event include:

The USA will no longer tolerate grotesque trade tariff asymmetries – we are charging nothing to single digit tariffs while China and EU are charging double-digit tariffs. That era is OVER.

Favors a two-state solution but open to a one-state solution, Palestinians must be happy.

Condemns President Obama giving Iran $1.8 billion dollars.

Praises Russia, Iran, Syria in relation to the fight against the Islamic State of Iraq & Syria (ISIS) but avoids pointing out that Saudi Arabia and Israel created ISIS.

Greenlights continued Kurdish and other third-party hostilities against ISIS.

Prodded by repeated questions, keeps coming back to how false accusations are so common, labeling the Democratic attacks on Judge Kavanagh a “con job.”

Related: Project Veritas Unveils New Investigation Targeting Deep State + Deep State On Death Throes After Massive Multi-Pronged Attacks

Related Events

In a meeting with Prime Minister Shinzo Abe President Trump showed a letter from Supreme Leader Kim Jong Un that he termed historic and beautiful, and confirmed another personal meeting is planned between him and the North Korean leader.

On television South Korean President Moon Jae-in gave President Donald Trump full credit for the progress toward unification and denuclearization between the Koreas, and said it could not have happened without him – we are all aware that General Secretary Xi Jinping is the primary force making the unification and denuclearization possible, the intent is to credit President Donald Trump with being the “closer."

Related: Socialism Equals Triumph For Corporate Criminals + To Remind: Google Is Run By Totalitarians


While this article has endeavored to provide a uniquely American populist interpretation of President Trump’s appearance at the United Nations, it is important to emphasize that the MSM and #GoogleGestapo have turned the USA into a “denied area” much as the Soviet Union was once – and perhaps still is – a “denied area” in terms of being able to access reliable information about all aspects of the national life – political-military, socio-economic, ideo-cultural,  techno-demographic, and natural-geographic.

The overt media and social media reporting on the USA is shallow garbage.

The good news is being censored.  

Tens of thousands of voices, not only conservative but also progressive, are being censored and thousands of channels digitally assassinated.

Related: How You Can Undermine The ‘Evil Cabal’

It is not possible to over-state the economic and financial progress that has been made under President Trump.

What is lacking to date – he has a terrible communications team and no truth channel of his own – is a personal connection to the 73% that did not vote him into office (47% did not vote at all, 27% voted for him, 26% voted against him).

Look for a few major announcements in the month of October.  There will be an October surprise (or two).

Related Articles:

Paul Craig Roberts: #GoogleGestapo – Social Media Is Now a Censorship Mechanism

U.S. reaches trade deal with Canada and Mexico, providing Trump a crucial win

Trump: ‘Fake Media Still Crying About Election’

Rival Gangs Engaged in Assassinations for Full Control of US Government

How Can We Stop Drug Trafficking When It’s The CIA That’s Running The Show / The Philippines Fight The Cabal

Exposé On Cabal-Driven Worldwide Terrorism Implemented By The United States And It's Allies

‘Matrix-breakers’: Kanye West Defends Alex Jones, Donald Trump

President Adam’s Law Prohibiting Freemasonry aka; Zionism

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
They Live, We Sleep: Beware The Growing Evil In Our Midst
November 3 2019 | From: TheRutherfordInstitute / Various

“You see them on the street. You watch them on TV. You might even vote for one this fall. You think they’re people just like you. You’re wrong. Dead wrong.” - They Live

We’re living in two worlds, you and I.

Related: It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984...

There’s the world we see (or are made to see) and then there’s the one we sense (and occasionally catch a glimpse of), the latter of which is a far cry from the propaganda-driven reality manufactured by the government and its corporate sponsors, including the media.

Indeed, what most Westerners perceive as life in America - privileged, progressive and free - is a far cry from reality, where economic inequality is growing, real agendas and real power are buried beneath layers of Orwellian doublespeak and corporate obfuscation, and “freedom,” such that it is, is meted out in small, legalistic doses by militarized police armed to the teeth.

All is not as it seems.

This is the premise of John Carpenter’s film They Live, which was released more than 30 years ago, and remains unnervingly, chillingly appropriate for our modern age.

Best known for his horror film Halloween, which assumes that there is a form of evil so dark that it can’t be killed, Carpenter’s larger body of work is infused with a strong anti-authoritarian, anti-establishment, laconic bent that speaks to the filmmaker’s concerns about the unraveling of our society, particularly our government.

Related: Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

Time and again, Carpenter portrays the government working against its own citizens, a populace out of touch with reality, technology run amok, and a future more horrific than any horror film.

In Escape from New York, Carpenter presents fascism as the future of America. In The Thing, a remake of the 1951 sci-fi classic of the same name, Carpenter presupposes that increasingly we are all becoming dehumanized.

In Christine, the film adaptation of Stephen King’s novel about a demon-possessed car, technology exhibits a will and consciousness of its own and goes on a murderous rampage.

In In the Mouth of Madness, Carpenter notes that evil grows when people lose “the ability to know the difference between reality and fantasy.”

And then there is Carpenter’s They Live, in which two migrant workers discover that the world is not as it seems.

In fact, the population is actually being controlled and exploited by aliens working in partnership with an oligarchic elite.

All the while, the populace - blissfully unaware of the real agenda at work in their lives - has been lulled into complacency, indoctrinated into compliance, bombarded with media distractions, and hypnotized by subliminal messages beamed out of television and various electronic devices, billboards and the like.

Related: Network: Howard Beale, The Last Sane Man In The World: Television As A Form Of Knowledge In The New Age

It is only when homeless drifter John Nada (played to the hilt by the late Roddy Piper) discovers a pair of doctored sunglasses - Hoffman lenses - that Nada sees what lies beneath the elite’s fabricated reality: control and bondage.

When viewed through the lens of truth, the elite, who appear human until stripped of their disguises, are shown to be monsters who have enslaved the citizenry in order to prey on them.

Likewise, billboards blare out hidden, authoritative messages: a bikini-clad woman in one ad is actually ordering viewers to “MARRY AND REPRODUCE.” Magazine racks scream “CONSUME” and “OBEY.” A wad of dollar bills in a vendor’s hand proclaims, “THIS IS YOUR GOD.”

When viewed through Nada’s Hoffman lenses, some of the other hidden messages being drummed into the people’s subconscious include: NO INDEPENDENT THOUGHT, CONFORM, SUBMIT, STAY ASLEEP, BUY, WATCH TV, NO IMAGINATION, and DO NOT QUESTION AUTHORITY.

This indoctrination campaign engineered by the elite in They Live is painfully familiar to anyone who has studied the decline of American [ Western ] culture.

A citizenry that does not think for themselves, obeys without question, is submissive, does not challenge authority, does not think outside the box, and is content to sit back and be entertained is a citizenry that can be easily controlled.

Related: How Consumerism Is Ruining Our Lives And The World

In this way, the subtle message of They Live provides an apt analogy of our own distorted vision of life in the American police state, what philosopher Slavoj Žižek refers to as dictatorship in democracy, “the invisible order which sustains your apparent freedom.”

We’re being fed a series of carefully contrived fictions that bear no resemblance to reality.

The powers-that-be want us to feel threatened by forces beyond our control (terrorists, shooters, bombers).

They want us afraid and dependent on the government and its militarized armies for our safety and well-being.

They want us distrustful of each other, divided by our prejudices, and at each other’s throats.

Most of all, they want us to continue to march in lockstep with their dictates.

Tune out the government’s attempts to distract, divert and befuddle us and tune into what’s really going on in this country, and you’ll run headlong into an unmistakable, unpalatable truth: the moneyed elite who rule us view us as expendable resources to be used, abused and discarded.

Related: Combating The Elite Rulers Divide And Conquer Tactics

In fact, a study conducted by Princeton and Northwestern University concluded that the U.S. government does not represent the majority of American citizens.

Instead, the study found that the government is ruled by the rich and powerful, or the so-called “economic elite.” Moreover, the researchers concluded that policies enacted by this governmental elite nearly always favor special interests and lobbying groups.

In other words, we are being ruled by an oligarchy disguised as a democracy, and arguably on our way towards fascism - a form of government where private corporate interests rule, money calls the shots, and the people are seen as mere subjects to be controlled.

Not only do you have to be rich - or beholden to the rich - to get elected these days, but getting elected is also a surefire way to get rich.

As CBS News reports, “Once in office, members of Congress enjoy access to connections and information they can use to increase their wealth, in ways that are unparalleled in the private sector. And once politicians leave office, their connections allow them to profit even further.”

Related: Brave New World And Individual Power & How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And
Incumbents Almost Always Win

In denouncing this blatant corruption of America’s political system, former president Jimmy Carter blasted the process of getting elected - to the White House, governor’s mansion, Congress or state legislatures - as;

Unlimited political bribery… a subversion of our political system as a payoff to major contributors, who want and expect, and sometimes get, favors for themselves after the election is over.”

Rest assured that when and if fascism finally takes hold in America, the basic forms of government will remain: Fascism will appear to be friendly. The legislators will be in session.

There will be elections, and the news media will continue to cover the entertainment and political trivia. Consent of the governed, however, will no longer apply. Actual control will have finally passed to the oligarchic elite controlling the government behind the scenes.

Sound familiar?

Clearly, we are now ruled by an oligarchic elite of governmental and corporate interests.

We have moved into “corporatism” (favored by Benito Mussolini), which is a halfway point on the road to full-blown fascism.

Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Corporatism is where the few moneyed interests - not elected by the citizenry - rule over the many. In this way, it is not a democracy or a republican form of government, which is what the American government was established to be.

It is a top-down form of government and one which has a terrifying history typified by the developments that occurred in totalitarian regimes of the past: police states where everyone is watched and spied on, rounded up for minor infractions by government agents, placed under police control, and placed in detention (a.k.a. concentration) camps.

Additional: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate
Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal does.

Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like

Related Articles:

Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story

For the final hammer of fascism to fall, it will require the most crucial ingredient: the majority of the people will have to agree that it’s not only expedient but necessary.

But why would a people agree to such an oppressive regime?

The answer is the same in every age: Fear.

Fear makes people stupid.

Fear is the method most often used by politicians to increase the power of government. And, as most social commentators recognize, an atmosphere of fear permeates modern America: fear of terrorism, fear of the police, fear of our neighbors and so on.

Related: Startling Evidence Indicates Funded Propaganda Campaign Responsible For War On Fake News

The propaganda of fear has been used quite effectively by those who want to gain control, and it is working on the American populace.

Despite the fact that we are 17,600 times more likely to die from heart disease than from a terrorist attack; 11,000 times more likely to die from an airplane accident than from a terrorist plot involving an airplane; 1,048 times more likely to die from a car accident than a terrorist attack, and 8 times more likely to be killed by a police officer than by a terrorist , we have handed over control of our lives to government officials who treat us as a means to an end—the source of money and power.

As the Bearded Man in They Live warns, “They are dismantling the sleeping middle class. More and more people are becoming poor. We are their cattle. We are being bred for slavery.”

In this regard, we’re not so different from the oppressed citizens in They Live.

From the moment we are born until we die, we are indoctrinated into believing that those who rule us do it for our own good. The truth is far different.

Despite the truth staring us in the face, we have allowed ourselves to become fearful, controlled, pacified zombies.

Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of
Humanity Under Corporate Masters

We live in a perpetual state of denial, insulated from the painful reality of the American police state by wall-to-wall entertainment news and screen devices.

Most everyone keeps their heads down these days while staring zombie-like into an electronic screen, even when they’re crossing the street. Families sit in restaurants with their heads down, separated by their screen devices and unaware of what’s going on around them.

Young people especially seem dominated by the devices they hold in their hands, oblivious to the fact that they can simply push a button, turn the thing off and walk away.

Indeed, there is no larger group activity than that connected with those who watch screens—that is, television, lap tops, personal computers, cell phones and so on. In fact, a Nielsen study reports that American screen viewing is at an all-time high. For example, the average American watches approximately 151 hours of television per month.

The question, of course, is what effect does such screen consumption have on one’s mind?

Psychologically it is similar to drug addiction. Researchers found that “almost immediately after turning on the TV, subjects reported feeling more relaxed, and because this occurs so quickly and the tension returns so rapidly after the TV is turned off, people are conditioned to associate TV viewing with a lack of tension.”

Related: Television Mind Control Exposed

Research also shows that regardless of the programming, viewers’ brain waves slow down, thus transforming them into a more passive, nonresistant state.

Historically, television has been used by those in authority to quiet discontent and pacify disruptive people. “Faced with severe overcrowding and limited budgets for rehabilitation and counseling, more and more prison officials are using TV to keep inmates quiet,” according to Newsweek.

Given that the majority of what Westerners watch on television is provided through channels controlled by six mega corporations, what we watch is now controlled by a corporate elite and, if that elite needs to foster a particular viewpoint or pacify its viewers, it can do so on a large scale.

If we’re watching, we’re not doing.

The powers-that-be understand this. As television journalist Edward R. Murrow warned in a 1958 speech:

We are currently wealthy, fat, comfortable and complacent. We have currently a built-in allergy to unpleasant or disturbing information. Our mass media reflect this.

But unless we get up off our fat surpluses and recognize that television in the main is being used to distract, delude, amuse, and insulate us, then television and those who finance it, those who look at it, and those who work at it, may see a totally different picture too late.”

This brings me back to They Live, in which the real zombies are not the aliens calling the shots but the populace who are content to remain controlled.

Related: The Zombie-Like Lives Of Sheeple From Birth To Death

When all is said and done, the world of They Live is not so different from our own. As one of the characters points out:

“The poor and the underclass are growing.

Racial justice and human rights are nonexistent. They have created a repressive society and we are their unwitting accomplices. Their intention to rule rests with the annihilation of consciousness. We have been lulled into a trance.

They have made us indifferent to ourselves, to others. We are focused only on our own gain.”

We, too, are focused only on our own pleasures, prejudices and gains. Our poor and underclasses are also growing. Racial injustice is growing. Human rights is nearly nonexistent. We too have been lulled into a trance, indifferent to others.

Oblivious to what lies ahead, we’ve been manipulated into believing that if we continue to consume, obey, and have faith, things will work out. But that’s never been true of emerging regimes. And by the time we feel the hammer coming down upon us, it will be too late.

So where does that leave us?

The characters who populate Carpenter’s films provide some insight.

Underneath their machismo, they still believe in the ideals of liberty and equal opportunity. Their beliefs place them in constant opposition with the law and the establishment, but they are nonetheless freedom fighters.

When, for example, John Nada destroys the alien hyno-transmitter in They Live, he restores hope by delivering America a wake-up call for freedom.

That’s the key right there: We need to wake up.

Related: Network News Monkeys

Stop allowing yourselves to be easily distracted by pointless political spectacles and pay attention to what’s really going on in the West.

The real battle for control of this nation is not being waged between Republicans and Democrats in the ballot box.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the real battle for control of this nation is taking place on roadsides, in police cars, on witness stands, over phone lines, in government offices, in corporate offices, in public school hallways and classrooms, in parks and city council meetings, and in towns and cities across this country.

The real battle between freedom and tyranny is taking place right in front of our eyes, if we would only open them.

All the trappings of the American [Western] police state are now in plain sight.

Wake up, Western World.

If they live (the tyrants, the oppressors, the invaders, the overlords), it is only because “we the people” sleep.

Related Articles:

Left-Wing Media Run By Actual Demon-Possessed Anti-Human Evil Entities

How You Can Undermine The ‘Evil Cabal’

The Chimera Group – The Root Of All Evil

The Ten Most Evil People In The World Today Who Lie About Science, Pharmaceuticals And GMOs

Obama State At Center Of Anti-Trump Coup Cabal

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Eighteen Reasons Why I Don’t Celebrate Halloween
November 2 2019 | From: EndOfTheAmericanDream

This year, 64 percent of all Americans [and many others in the West] will celebrate Halloween, but I will not be one of them.  For me, it is a wretched, horrible holiday that celebrates the darkest side of humanity, and it is deeply rooted in ancient pagan traditions that would get people thrown in prison if they attempted to duplicate them today. 

With each passing year, the sexually suggestive costumes being marketed to our young girls become even skankier, the horror movies become darker and even more demonic, and the number of Americans that participate in occult ceremonies just continues to grow

Related: Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

In fact, it has been estimated that the number of self-identified witches in the United States is doubling every 30 months.  Those that are deeply into the occult take this holiday very seriously, and the dark forces that they are dealing with are very real.  So no, I don’t want anything to do with this festival of death.  In no particular order, the following are 18 reasons why I don’t celebrate Halloween…

1 I don’t want anyone in my family to observe a holiday that celebrates death, witchcraft and the occult.  This year, millions of Americans will participate in activities that could potentially open up a door for demonic activity.

2 The average American spends $74.34 on the holiday.  I would rather save the money.

3 Millions of women use Halloween as an excuse to dress like street walkers, and millions of men use Halloween as an excuse to act like sexual predators.

4 Even little girls as young as three years old are being dressed up in sexually provocative costumes.  What kind of message does this send to them?

5 Dressing up little children as ghosts, demons and vampires is not healthy for them.  In recent years, there has been a trend to make costumes for children as hellish as possible.

6 Originally, costumes were worn on October 31st “to change the personality of the wearer to allow for communication with the spirit world“.  For 11 years in a row, dressing up as a witch has been the number one costume choice for adults in the United States.

7 In ancient Britain, the festival known as Samhain was celebrated on October 31st.  It was supposedly a day when dead souls would revisit their old homes.  Personally, I don’t want anything to do with contacting the souls of the dead.

8 According to the History Channel, Samhain was also the day when the Druids “gathered to burn crops and animals as sacrifices to the Celtic deities”.

9 As I have written about previously, the fastest growing religion in America still practices a holiday known as “Samhain” to this very day.

10 According to Wiccans, Halloween is the time when the veil between the living and the dead is considered to be the thinnest.  They believe that on this day their god “dies” and is reborn every year on the Winter Solstice.  This year the winter solstice falls on December 22nd.

11 In ancient times, the resurrection of the sun god required human and animal sacrifice.  The following is what occult expert Bill Schnoebelen says that the Druids would do at this time of the year…

Druids worshiped the sun god, called by names like Bel (Ba’al?) or Chrom. On October 31, they believed that he died and went into the kingdom of the dead, Anwynn. The purpose of Samhain was to insure his return. Even witches admit this involved human sacrifice.

Both animal and human blood were believed to be needed to resurrect Bel on Samhain. Human blood was believed to open the gates of Anwynn and released the spirits for a night. Thus, October 31 came to be associated with ghosts. This is not just history. Samhain is still celebrated by Pagans and is the most solemn ceremony on their “religious calendar”.

12 To this day, animal torture and sacrifice is still practiced on Halloween by occultists.  Many animal shelters will not adopt out black cats during the month of October for this very reason.

13 In the early seventh century, a Catholic Pope known as Gregory the First decided that the best approach to ensure the continued spread of Catholicism was to “christianize” existing pagan holidays and practices

As a result of their efforts to wipe out “pagan” holidays, such as Samhain, the Christians succeeded in effecting major transformations in it. In 601 A.D. Pope Gregory the First issued a now famous edict to his missionaries concerning the native beliefs and customs of the peoples he hoped to convert.

Rather than try to obliterate native peoples’ customs and beliefs, the pope instructed his missionaries to use them: if a group of people worshipped a tree, rather than cut it down, he advised them to consecrate it to Christ and allow its continued worship.

14 The tradition of “trick-or-treating” was one of the existing pagan traditions that was later “Christianized”

The idea of trick-or-treating is further related to the ghosts of the dead in pagan, and even Catholic, history. For example, among the ancient Druids, “The ghosts that were thought to throng about the houses of the living were greeted with a banquet-laden table.

At the end of the feast, masked and costumed villagers representing the souls of the dead paraded to the outskirts of town leading the ghosts away.”

As already noted, Halloween was thought to be a night when mischievous and evil spirits roamed freely. As in modern poltergeist lore, mischievous spirits could play tricks on the living - so it was advantageous to “hide” from them by wearing costumes. Masks and costumes were worn to either scare away the ghosts or to keep from being recognized by them.

15 The tradition of carving out a “Jack-O-Lantern” also comes from paganism.  The following comes from wicca.com

Turnips were hollowed out and carved to look like protective spirits, for this was a night of magic and chaos. The Wee Folke became very active, pulling pranks on unsuspecting humans. Traveling after dark was not advised.

And as Bill Schnoebelen has noted, pumpkins eventually replaced turnips, but the meaning remained the same…

Here it’s a pumpkin, but in Europe it was often a turnip, or a skull with a candle in it. This serves two symbols, 1) the lord of the Dead, a “god” just like a Buddha – in short, an idol. 2) The fearsome face represented the god, Samhain, who would drive off less powerful demons that night.

The lights in the Jack-o-Lantern symbolize the “faery fires” or “Will’o the Wisps” which were believed to be the lost souls flitting through the night. They also hearken back to the huge Samhain “balefires” which were lit to help conjure back the god from the darkness.

16 On all Satanic holy days, there are children that get ritually abused. This has been documented repeatedly, and yet most people (including most Christians) don’t want to hear about it.

17 For Satanists, Halloween is one of the most important celebrations of the year.  On page 96 of the Satanic Bible, Anton LaVey wrote the following…

“After one’s own birthday, the two major Satanic holidays are Walpurgisnacht (May 1st) and Halloween.”

18 The Scriptures are very clear about this sort of thing. Deuteronomy 18:9-13 says the following: “When you enter the land the Lord your God is giving you, do not learn to imitate the detestable ways of the nations there. Let no one be found among you who sacrifices his son or daughter in the fire, who practices divination or sorcery, interprets omens, engages in witchcraft, or casts spells, or who is a medium or spiritist or who consults with the dead. Anyone who does these things is detestable to the Lord”.

Related: Former Satanic Priest Exposes The Four Main Tenets Of Satanic Ideology & Are You A Satanist? You Could Be And Not Even Know It + Ask An Ex-Satanist Anything - Katy Perry Super Bowl Ritual

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
I Am A Trans Woman – But I Think This Woke World Has Gone Too Far
November 1 2019 | From: RT / Various

Trans people have lost the plot. Every day, an increasing amount of absurdity floods in as they do more harm than good.

They scream for acceptance without realizing that the ones damaging their image aren't bigots, but themselves.  

Related: Transgender Bullshit Terminated

From anger directed at celebrities for the rational belief that parents shouldn't decide whether their three-year-old is trans, to a culture of outrage that freaks out at the most minor of offenses, transgender activists have become detrimental to my, and others', very existence.

Not helping matters is the fact that these people are laying bombs within our language in the hope they trigger, so they themselves can become triggered. Saying 'transgendered' instead of 'transgender' can see you labeled as transphobic, as can saying 'transwomen' instead of 'trans (notice the space) women.'

Important Note: Historically there are people who have truly felt that they were born into a body of the wrong gender.

The problem we are faced with today is that, in line with stated objectives of the 'New World Order' doctrines - they have clearly stated that they want to destroy the family unit, encourage sexual promiscuity and basically confuse and debase society as a whole:

"In order to achieve their aims [the Cabal] they are corrupting societies across the globe: Breakdown the family unit, breakdown national pride, destroy the educational system with common core, promote sexual promiscuity, deviance, pedophilia, abortion, a drug culture.

Co-opt and corrupt political leaders with bribes. Set hybrid wars and color revolutions in place in all countries that are not towing the line. Undermine and discredit the values, morals and teachings of all religions and where possible turn believers into murderous intolerant fanatics who go on genocide missions.”

- VeteransToday

"The hidden goal of feminism is to destroy the family, which interferes with state brainwashing of the young. Side benefits include depopulation and widening the tax base. Displacing men in the role of  providers also destabilizes the family."

- As stated by Nicholas Rockefeller to Aaron Russo

The merging of sexes and sexuality also plays into the transhumanist agenda of the cabal. It has been discovered that specific toxins and chemical agents have been introduced into the environment and everyday products that contribute specifically towards the rise in sexual confusion and 'transgenderism' that we see happening all around is every day.

This is a linguistic minefield with the sole intent of catching people off guard. And those who are caught in its blast are branded as bigots. 

This concept is nonsensical, as it's one thing to correct someone who made a grammatical mistake, but another thing altogether to get outright offended when someone makes a simple error, and that's what is occurring.

A turn of events which only pushes people away as no one wants to associate with a group of people who become so easily upset.

Hampering things even further is the fact that the once-radical portion of the left has seemingly taken control, and now no one can speak up lest they become a target for the vitriol and abuse of which this conglomerate is composed.

Related: America’s First Non-Binary Person Renounces Transgenderism, Says, “I Have Always Been Male” & Who Are The Rich, White Men Institutionalizing Transgender Ideology?

How do I know this? Because I'm a trans person myself, and my reward for speaking with rationality is to be labeled a 'self-loathing, bootlicking, trans-misogynistic terf.'

And if I can be called a transphobe, then your normal human being doesn't stand a chance – especially in an era when people are pushing an agenda that suggests you better suck d**k or you're a bigot.

I desperately wish I was making that last bit up.

In late August, journalist – or, let's be real – outrage merchant, Ana Valens, went on a tirade over at the Daily Dot about how it was transphobic to decline sex with a trans person on the basis that they are trans.

Likewise, just last week, women's competitive cyclist Rachel McKinnon made multiple claims that are outright audacious. In one instance, she said"genital preferences are transphobic," and in another she boldly expressed that any sexual orientation other than pansexuality is immoral.

The media warned us that the recent release of 'Joker' was going to lead to an incel uprising, but I don't think they meant it quite like this.

Related: Finally Parents Begin Removing Their Children From Public Indoctrination Center Over Teaching

Trans people want all the compassion and acceptance in the world, yet in many cases they're not willing to be equally as understanding. Last year, the flames of fury flared up when a woman named Kristi Hanna filed a human rights complaint against a women's shelter after she was forced to share a room with a transgender woman in Toronto.

Many people took it at face value and levied all sorts of hate at her, but the actual situation is more complex. Hanna is a rape victim, and her roommate was a pre-op trans woman who wasn't yet far enough into their transition to be passable, or even fully presentable. As was described by Ms Hanna, her roommate was male-bodied with facial and chest hair.

Now maybe it's because I'm a rape victim who battles my own forms of PTSD, but I too would be triggered by sharing a room with a complete stranger who looks like a man. I don't care what they identify as. In regards to Kristi Hanna, that's exactly what happened.

As was reported by the National Post, the sharing of a room with someone who looked like a man caused her "stress, anxiety, rape flashbacks, symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder, and sleep deprivation."

When she reported this to the shelter staff, they offered to move her to a new room, but it lacked a door, therefore allowing no privacy, so she left the shelter altogether.

Related: FDA: Over 6,000 Dead From Puberty Blocking Drug For Transgender Children

Yet to the trans community, none of that mattered, and Kristi was raked over the coals. Even I was attacked for trying to defend her. Worse still is the fact that shelters which exclude trans women are now being vandalized. Never mind that they help women who need it.

To the petulant children who make up what I call the 'pronoun police,' all they can think of is their own selfish and self-centric world views.

Few in this 'community,' to which I've been forcefully tied, seem to have any basic understanding of the various reasons why our presence may be triggering to some, especially in a women's shelter that houses rape victims.

It shouldn't take a big brain to see why a male-looking individual with a floppy penis may not be the best fit.

A fact of reality is that I was born a boy. Even now, post-hormone replacement therapy, I have masculine traits that will never go away. When I die, if far off into the future I'm dug up, my bones will have archeologists pegging me as male, not female.

I bring that analogy up because many trans people seem to deny they were born as the gender opposite of what they identify as. But I am not 100 percent female, and I never will be.

I'll never have a period, although some smooth-brained idiots like to argue that "some women have issues that prevent them from having periods, so does that mean you're saying they're not women too?"

Related: People To Be Allowed To Pick Their Own Gender Without Doctor's Diagnosis, Under UK Government Plans &
American College Of Pediatrics Reaches Decision: Transgenderism Of Children Is Child Abuse

No, that's not what that means. It means I have a d**k and no potential even exists for me to have a period. Because, unlike biological women who may have conditions that effect how their bodies work, they still have the proper bodies of the sex it happens to be. 

I don't. My chromosomes are XY, and I was born a boy. I'll never have to worry about cervical cancer, though when I'm older I will want to have my prostate checked.

None of this means trans people shouldn't be respected as the gender they present themselves as. We are anomalies in that our brains for some reason developed on a course which differs from what our chromosomes dictate.

I'm not going to call being trans a mental illness, but it is an issue that stems from the brain. Even scans of that organ reveal people like me have brains more closely resembling the gender we present ourselves to be, and due to that, I'm a proponent of supporting transitioning, but that support comes with some caveats.

I, for one, don't think trans women should be competing against cis women in competitive sports. At least, not outside of specialized leagues where everyone consents to trans women being allowed.

In normal events, we are seeing trans people destroy records in track, weightlifting, and other events, and that is not fair to biological females.

Related: Runner Who Lost as a Man Will Now Compete Against Girls

I'm also opposed to letting kids take various meds. By all means, if your child is trans, it's for the best to support and love them, but growing up is a confusing time, and it's maybe not a good idea to let them begin a full-on transition.

These days it's simply too easy to get a diagnosis of gender dysphoria, and I fear the repercussions.

I have zero doubts in my mind that soon enough we will have teens and adults stepping forward who were convinced they were trans at a young age, only to grow up and realize they aren't.

Some boys are just effeminate and some girls are just a bit masculine, but today, society is going out of its way to tell them they're trans.

A scary thought for a community that seems to already run on fear.

In 2017, the Southern Poverty Law Center sent out a tweet linking an article about transgender hate murders. In a follow up tweet, they listed names of all the trans people who had been murdered that year.

The placement of the names below an article about hate murders seems to imply all of the listed names were the victims of hate crimes.

Related: Mattel Releases a “Gender-Neutral” Barbie and the Video Promoting it is Preposterous

As is so often the case, this isn't true. Of the names listed, three stand out. Sean Hake, Kiwi Herring, and Scout Schultz. What's important about these people is that they weren't killed for anything related to their gender identities.

All three were shot by police in different states after charging at law enforcement with knives. That same year, multiple non-trans people were killed by police for the very same reason.

Yet the trans individuals' deaths are tallied and used as examples of a rising trend in the murder of transgender people – a trend that has been occurring for years.

What's most disingenuous is that, in many cases, there's little to no proof that their murders are linked to their status of being trans. Some are sex workers in dangerous areas where cis women are also found murdered each year, or they're just victims of normal everyday violence.

It sucks, but a lot of people just happen to get shot in the United States, and for a myriad of reasons.

Just this year, Claire Legato, a trans woman in Ohio, was shot dead after her mother got into an altercation with a man in their yard about an issue relating to theft. Jordan Cofer, also from Ohio, was tragically killed when a gunman went on a mass shooting in Dayton.

Related: The Rational Argument Against The Normalization Of Transgenderism

These two deaths are included on the Human Rights Campaign's list of "violence against the transgender community."The list ends with this sentence: "HRC has been tracking reports of fatal anti-transgender violence for the past several years."

"Anti-transgender" violence. Hmm, weird, I didn't know the Dayton, Ohio gunman did all that for a single person.

Even in cases where a transgender person kills themselves, if an agenda can be pushed, this community will immediately take a still-warm corpse and bludgeon people with it.

This week, comedian and actress Daphne Dorman took her own life. She was cited by Dave Chappelle in his most recent Netflix standup as the person who "was laughing the hardest" at his trans jokes. In case you're unaware, this is the standup special that caused many in the media to cry foul and call Chapelle 'transphobic.'

Related: Court Allows Chemical Castration of 7-Year-Old Boy, Forces Father to Take Classes on Transgenderism

Daphne, on the other hand, thought he was hilarious, and would go on to tweet in support of her friend. Her words don't matter anymore though, because now that she can't defend herself, her existence has been retconned and it is now Dave Chappelle's fault she died; a frankly just sickening and frustrating turn of events. Although it is one that makes sense when you look a bit deeper.

In 2017, at the HRC National Dinner, president Chad Griffin gave an eye-opening speech. He began by thanking Hillary Clinton who had a speaking role that year, before then repeatedly emphasizing how things for LGBT individuals were much brighter under Obama. This is important because the HRC is a major supporter of Democratic candidates and politicians.

He eventually went on to discuss 'HRC Rising,' or what he labeled as the single largest grassroots expansion in the organization's history.

This was important to him, as he proceeded to say: "It's critical we organize and mobilize the 10 million-plus LGBTQ voters in this country. Which by the way, is a voting bloc that is larger than the margin of victory of every presidential election since 1984."

For a couple years now, this speech hasn't sat well with me. I look at our media landscape and watch as fearmongering rules the day. A narrative has been created which paints anyone on the right as a hateful bigot, and has gay and trans people fearful that they're going to die.

Related: Transgender Mania Is A Symptom Of Cultural Collapse

Trans lists over-conflate and simplify the reasons people are murdered. Comedians are blamed for suicides that have nothing to do with anything they've done.

And anyone who so much as questions the absurdity of what's happening is torn down, and labeled every negative thing that will stick.

Why this keeps happening is clear. An environment has been created that is pushing people to conform to a particular mindset by brute-force scare tactics, and this is inevitably convincing them to vote a certain way.

The left is ruling by division and fear. Browse social media and the trans-death stat is cited ad nauseam.

These people legitimately believe they're going to die. All the while, the actual issues that caused those deaths aren't being discussed.

Inner city crime and prostitution are big factors, as is poor mental health. I mean, sane people don't go charging at police with knives.

Related: The Transhumanist Agenda And The [Attempted] Future Of Humanity

Yet those issues don't get blamed, nor are they being adequately discussed. Daphne Dorman, in these people's eyes, didn't join the 41 percent because she had deep-rooted issues. No, it's Chappelle's fault. It's the right's fault. It's the bigot's fault.

And as a right-leaning individual myself, who also happens to be trans, I know this to be false. I'm embraced by my community. They aren't transphobic, they don't want me dead; they just have issues with much of the same stuff I do.

A lot of trans people call me a self-loather, but I don't loathe myself, nor do I loathe the fact that I'm trans.

I just loathe the community I've been forcefully grouped into, and I think it's understandable why a lot of other people do too.

Trannies and their allies are now their own worst enemies, but unlike them, I refuse to shoot myself in the foot.

Related Articles:

Merriam-Webster Adds ‘Gender Identity’ Definition of ‘They’ to Dictionary

‘Completely reversible’? UK transgender charity instructs teachers on puberty blockers to 12yo kids

Teacher Fired For Calling Trans Student “Her” Sues School District

Cultural Marxism – LGBTQI+ A National Security Threat — the End of Civil Society as Transgender and Transhumanist Lies Destroy Everything that is Good and Sacred in Western Civilization?

The Transgender-Transhuman - Genocide of Humanity the True Cost of Transgender – Transhuman Loss of All Values for Profit

Puberty-blocking drugs given to transgender kids have killed at least 6,370 of them, FDA report finds

Teacher Fired for Refusing to Address Student With Preferred Pronouns

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Freemasonry: Mankind’s Death Wish
October 31 2019 | From: VeteransToday / Various

The source of the world's problems: The Gentile "leadership" has been chosen for its willingness to sell its soul to Cabalist central bankers by joining Freemasonry, which is Judaism for Gentiles.

As we have demonstrated in the past, any categorical and metaphysical denial of the moral order will inexorably lead to radical deceptions and sometimes covert operations.

Related: Freemasonry: Truth & History

Freemasonry, as a secret society and judaizing movement, is not only part of those deceptions but is congruent with Jewish magic and mysticism.

Only those in the upper echelon actually know what is exactly going on. As Jones documents:

“The deeper the adept penetrates, the more Talmudic are the mysteries revealed to him. The Rosicrusian, for example, is taught the inscription INRI which was nailed to the Cross means not Iesus Nazarensis Rex Iudeorum, but rather the ‘Iew of Nazareth Led into Iudea,’ a reading which deprives Christ of his divinity and reasserts the Talmudic calumny that Christ was a common criminal who deserved to be executed:

“‘As soon as the candidate has proved that he understands the Masonic meaning of this inscription INRI, the Master exclaims, My dear Brethren, the word is found again, and all present applaud this luminous discovery, that - He whose death was the consummation and the grand mystery of the Christian Religion was no more than a common Jew crucified for his crimes.’

“To be initiated into the higher degrees of Freemasonry, the adept must agree to become an assassin of the assassin of Adoniram. He must be willing to assassinate Christ and his representatives on earth. The revolutionary intent of Freemasonry becomes clear when the adept is informed that he must be willing to kill the king. Mystical Masonry is synonymous with Revolution. ”

Quoting Barruel, Jones writes:

“When the adept sallies forth from the cavern with the reeking head, he cries Nekom (I have killed him)….

“The adept is informed that till now he has only been partially admitted to the truth; that Equality and Liberty, which had constituted the first secret on his admission into Masonry, consisted in recognizing no superior on earth, and in viewing Kings and Pontiffs in another light than as men on a level with their fellow men, having no rights to sit on the throne, or to serve at the altar, but what the people had granted them.”

What a coincidence that Aleister Crowley, a 33rd degree mason who ended up having a master effect on pop music, who held “group orgies” as part of his regular rituals (including small children), and who ended up influencing sex perverts such as Alfred Kinsey, also performed similar rituals.

Related: The God Of Freemasonry Exposed

Some scholars would point out that “Rosicrucianism played an important role in the formation of Freemasonry.”

If that is the case, then we have another piece of evidence on our hands which clearly indicates that a marriage between Freemasonry and Rosicrucianism is almost unavoidable.

Both Freemasonry and Rosicrucianism, at their eventual root, sought to denigrate and attack Logos and this was very important during the French Revolution.

Since that was the case, again the marriage between the French Revolution and Jewish movements were two sides of the same coin. Isaac M. Wise wrote in 1866 that “Masonry is a Jewish institution, whose history, degrees, charges, passwords and explanations are Jewish from beginning to end.”

Henry Makow will enlighten us more on this issue.

Henry Makow: The source of the world’s problems: The Gentile “leadership” has been chosen for its willingness to sell its soul to Cabalist central bankers by joining Freemasonry, which is Judaism for Gentiles.

Architects of Deception, (2004) a 600-page history of Freemasonry by Estonian writer Jyri Lina offers profound insight into the true character of modern history.

Related: Understanding "Jewish" [Khazarian Zionist] Power

Essentially, a dominant segment of Western society has joined the Khazarian financial elite in embracing Freemasonry, a satanic philosophy that represents a death wish for civilization.

They imagine somehow they will profit from the oppression, lies and suffering caused by their Communist “New World Order.”

Incredible, bizarre and depressing as it sounds, Lina writes that 300 mainly Jewish banking families have used Freemasonry as an instrument to subvert, control and degrade the Western world.

This view is consistent with the 1938 NKVD interrogation of an illuminati member who names many of these banking families and confirms that Freemasons are expendable tools.

Based on the archives of the powerful French Grand Orient Lodge, captured in June 1940 and later made public by the Russians, Lina details how Freemasonry has conspired for world domination and orchestrated all major revolutions and wars in the modern era. (Lina, p.332)

Masons, often Jewish, are responsible for communism, Zionism, socialism, liberalism (and feminism.) They love big government because it is the ultimate monopoly. “World government” (dictatorship) is the final trophy.

This is the vision behind 9-11 and all wars.

Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command (Part III)

These “world revolutionary” “progressive” movements all mirror Lucifer’s rebellion against the laws of God and nature which is at the heart of Freemasonry.

They ensnare millions of gullible idealists by promising a utopia based on materialism and “reason” and dedicated to “liberty, equality and fraternity,” “public ownership” or some other idealistic sounding claptrap. It’s called bait-and-switch.

According to Lina: “The primary aim of modern freemasonry is to build the New World Order, a spiritual Temple of Solomon, where non-members are nothing but slaves [and] …where human beings would be sacrificed to Yahweh.” (52)

Lina cites numerous Jewish sources that claim Freemasonry is based on Judaism and is “the executive political organ of the Jewish financial elite.” (81-83)

The common goal of these Masonic inspired movements is to undermine religion, nation and family by promoting social division, self-indulgence and “tolerance” i.e. nihilism, globalism, sexual “liberation” and homosexuality thereby reducing humanity to a uniform dysfunctional and malleable mush.

Lina and others who attempt to alert humanity to its real condition are routinely slandered as anti-Semitic, fascist, and right wing “haters” by people indirectly employed by the bankers.

Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

This tactic shields the conspirators from scrutiny and makes discussion of our grim predicament impossible.

I am a Jew. I am not part of this banking monopoly, nor is the majority of Jews. By way of analogy, the mafia is considered mostly Italian but most Italians do not belong to the mafia.

On the other hand, Italians don’t viciously attack opponents of organized crime and call them “racists” and “hate mongers”. That would look awfully suspicious. Jews compromise themselves by their defense of the Masonic Jewish bankers and their perverse vision for humanity.

The Khazarian Ideology

We cannot understand the modern world unless we appreciate that it is the result of the Masonic conspiracy. People scoff yet the evidence stares them in the face every day.

Lina believes, “Freemasonry plays the same role in Western society as the Communist Party did in the Soviet Union. Without belonging to the freemasonry there is no chance of a fast career, regardless of how talented one is.”

Keep in mind that Communism was a Masonic enterprise and the puzzle starts to take shape.

Related: Khazarians Then, Khazarians Now

Lina says Freemasons not only control politics but also virtually every sector of Western society, including science and culture. “The present cultural life has become virtually unconscious,” he writes. “We have witnessed the beginning of cultural senility.” (333)

In his pamphlet “The Open Conspiracy: Blueprint for a World Revolution” (1929) the Freemason H.G. Wells describes an “open secret society” consisting of society’s leading men operating as a hidden force to secure world resources, reduce population through war and replace the nation state with world dictatorship. (340)

Masonic Ideology

Human beings are naturally attracted to good and repulsed by evil. Thus evil always represents itself as good.

To the public, and its own lower ranks, Freemasonry pretends to be dedicated to “making good men better”, humanism, tolerance, and you-name-it.

If this were true, would they have to extract vows of secrecy from members on pain of slitting their throat? Would they have been condemned by many Popes and banned from numerous countries? (84)

I do not wish to impugn the many good and decent men in the lower “Blue Degrees” who are unaware of Freemasonry’s true function and character.

But there is abundant evidence and testimony that Freemasonry is a satanic cult dedicated to the worship of death. (134-138)

Related: The One-Eye Sign: Its Origins And Occult Meaning

For example, when the Italian Grand Orient Lodge was evicted from the Palazzio Borghese in Rome in 1893, the owner found a shrine dedicated to Satan.

The Italian freemasons published a newspaper in the 1880s where they admitted time and again, “Our leader is Satan!” (135)

The Masons also admit to having a revolutionary political agenda.

Typical of statements Lina cites from Masonic publications is the following from a German magazine in 1910: “The driving thought is at all times focused on destruction and annihilation, because the power of this great secret society can only rise from the ruins of the existing order of society.” (272)


The Illuminist Conspiracy is the brake responsible for humanity’s arrested development. Mankind resembles a person suffering from a serious disease and sinking into a coma.

Juri Lina, left, has written a courageous book to revive us. He says we face “the largest spiritual crisis in the history of mankind…They have taken our history, our dignity, our wisdom and our honor, sense of responsibility, spiritual insights and our traditions.”

Related: We Are Surrounded By Masonic Symbols: How Modern Logos Are Linked To Secret Societies

We are partly to blame, he says: “We have failed to act against the Masonic madness due to our enormous gullibility. We have been totally fooled and ignored the warning signals.” (274)

He ends on a hopeful note, saying evil is dysfunctional and inevitably destroys itself. “Freemasonry carries within it the seeds of its own destruction.” (563)

Wars, revolutions and depressions are all part of a “revolutionary” process designed to frogmarch humanity to “world government” under the rubric of Freemasonry which may be a surrogate for an alliance of occult Khazarian and gentile financial elites.

Their “self-destruction” seems to be our best hope since the public is too feckless and weak to resist.

Related Articles:

African Bishops Blast Freemasonry, Sorcery In New Pastoral Letter

Zionists On Tape: “We Control America”

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Having Depression And Anxiety Means Having A Brain Constantly At War With Itself
October 30 2019 | From: TheOdyseeOnline / Various

Torn between caring too much and not caring at all.

I was diagnosed with depression and anxiety in 2016, the two "common colds" of mental illness. Don't let that nickname fool you, though, because there is nothing common about the way these two work together to completely disrupt how my brain functions.

Related: The Tragedy of Suicide

Sometimes, my brain seems to alternate between depressive and anxious episodes.

I feel like I’m always trading off one for the other, rarely experiencing a “good” day where both remain relatively quiet. If my anxiety isn’t kicking into high-gear, my depression is, and vice versa.

But oftentimes, these two demons will sync up together, both awakening from their slumbers simultaneously to go to war with each other with the intention of making my life a personal living hell.

Anxiety and Depression Essentially Function as Opposites to Each Other

This is a bit of an oversimplification, but generally, anxiety can be understood as an overactive mind and depression as an under-active mind.

I have mostly learned how to cope when one or the other takes over, but what continues to challenge me is when the two strike at the same time.

Anxiety wants me to get up. If I don’t get up, someone will be disappointed, or I’ll miss a deadline, or everyone will think I’m lazy, or I’ll just keep spiraling and spiraling and spiraling.

Depression doesn’t let me get up. If I get up, I’ll have to fake a smile at everyone, or I’ll just hurt more people, or I won’t be able to focus because who can focus on anything when everything you do feels utterly meaningless?

Related: Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

When both flare up at the same time, I’m rendered totally and completely useless. Although my mind may be going a million miles a minute and I want nothing more than to be productive so I can ease some of the tension of worrying over my responsibilities, I physically can’t bring myself to get up.

I can’t move forward because for every racing thought, there is a rope holding it back.

It hurts my head - it feels like my brain is literally pushing against my skull with nowhere to go. It’s dizzying and disorienting; and most of all, it is endlessly frustrating.

It makes the simplest tasks impossible and I just want to scream at myself “WHY CAN’T YOU JUST DO THE THING?”

Dealing with the guilt is the hardest part because there’s nothing I can do but feel every painful sting of it. I WANT to be able to just function properly, but I can’t, and it makes me feel like the world’s biggest failure of a person.

Objectively, I know my brain is sick and that makes doing some things more difficult for me. But even so, I cannot escape the crushing weight of guilt for not being able to act like a “normal” person who can just DO “normal” things.

Related: The Importance Of Having A Breakdown

There’s a siren going off telling me to get my responsibilities done, but there’s also a voice shouting that nothing I do matters so just roll over and die already, and the noise inside my brain leaves me completely paralyzed.

I’m still learning how to cope with when these two opposing forces in my head go up against each other. All I’ve really learned is that there’s nothing to do but go through it.

I try to be gentle with myself, remembering that [perhaps] there are chemicals out of place in my brain and I am not a bad person for that.

Speaking kindly to yourself when you’re fighting mental illness is a lot easier said than done, but I’m trying.

Related Articles:

Importance of Self Care - Dr. Group’s Holistic & Effective Method

The Impact Of Social Media On Young People's Mental Health

What Is The Most Important Question?

New global 'scorecard' to map extent of mental illness crisis

The Shamanic View of Mental Health

Here’s what you need to know about ayahuasca, the natural (and psychedelic) antidepressant

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Origins Of Political Correctness
October 29 2019 | From: Academia / Various

Where does all this stuff that you’ve heard about this morning – the victim feminism, the gay rights movement, the invented statistics, the rewritten history, the lies, the demands, all the rest of it – where does it come from?

For the first time in our history, westerners have to be fearful of what they say, of what they write, and of what they think. They have to be afraid of using the wrong word, a word denounced as offensive or insensitive, or racist, sexist, or homophobic

Related: Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye To The
Internet: Interference By Governments Is Already Here

We have seen other countries, particularly in this century, where this has been the case. And we have always regarded them with a mixture of pity, and to be truthful, some amusement, because it has struck us as so strange that people would allow a situation to develop where they would be afraid of what words they used.

But we now have this situation in this country. We have it primarily on college campuses, but it is spreading throughout the whole society. Were does it come from? What is it?

We call it “Political Correctness.” The name originated as something of a joke, literally in a comic strip, and we tend still to think of it as only half-serious. In fact, it’s deadly serious.

It is the great disease of our century, the disease that has left tens of millions of people dead in Europe, in Russia, in China, indeed around the world. It is the disease of ideology. PC is not funny. PC is deadly serious.

Related: John Lennon’s Son Slams “Pathetic” Political Correctness

If we look at it analytically, if we look at it historically, we quickly find out exactly what it is. Political Correctness is cultural Marxism. It is Marxism translated from economic into cultural terms.

It is an effort that goes back not to the 1960s and the hippies and the peace movement, but back to World War I. If we compare the basic tenets of Political Correctness with classical Marxism the parallels are very obvious.

First of all, both are totalitarian ideologies.

The totalitarian nature of Political Correctness is revealed nowhere more clearly than on college campuses, many of which at this point are small ivy covered North Koreas, where the student or faculty member who dares to cross any of the lines set up by the gender feminist or the homosexual-rights activists, or the local black or Hispanic group, or any of the other sainted “victims” groups that PC revolves around, quickly find themselves in judicial trouble.

Within the small legal system of the college, they face formal charges – some star-chamber proceeding – and punishment. That is a little look into the future that Political Correctness intends for the nation as a whole.

Indeed, all ideologies are totalitarian because the essence of an ideology (I would note that conservatism correctly understood is not an ideology) is to take some philosophy and say on the basis of this philosophy certain things must be true – such as the whole of the history of our culture is the history of the oppression of women.

Related: Feminism Has Ruined Women and Damaged Men

Since reality contradicts that, reality must be forbidden. It must become forbidden to acknowledge the reality of our history.

People must be forced to live a lie, and since people are naturally reluctant to live a lie, they naturally use their ears and eyes to look out and say, “Wait a minute. This isn’t true. I can see it isn’t true,” the power of the state must be put behind the demand to live a lie.

That is why ideology invariably creates a totalitarian state.

Second, the cultural Marxism of Political Correctness, like economic Marxism, has a single factor explanation of history. Economic Marxism says that all of history is determined by ownership of means of production.

Cultural Marxism, or Political Correctness, says that all history is determined by power, by which groups defined in terms of race, sex, etc., have power over which other groups. Nothing else matters. All literature, indeed, is about that. Everything in the past is about that one thing.

Third, just as in classical economic Marxism certain groups, i.e. workers and peasants, are a priori good, and other groups, i.e., the bourgeoisie and capital owners, are evil. In the cultural Marxism of Political Correctness certain groups are good – feminist women, (only feminist women, non-feminist women are deemed not to exist) blacks, Hispanics, homosexuals.

These groups are determined to be “victims,” and therefore automatically good regardless of what any of them do. Similarly, white males are determined automatically to be evil, thereby becoming the equivalent of the bourgeoisie in economic Marxism.

Related: Political Correctness Is Really Just Herd Psychology Pushed By Insecure People Who Desperately Seek
Social Conformity

Fourth, both economic and cultural Marxism rely on expropriation. When the classical Marxists, the communists, took over a country like Russia, they expropriated the bourgeoisie, they took away their property. Similarly, when the cultural Marxists take over a university campus, they expropriate through things like quotas for admissions.

When a white student with superior qualifications is denied admittance to a college in favor of a black or Hispanic who isn’t as well qualified, the white student is expropriated. And indeed, affirmative action, in our whole society today, is a system of expropriation.

White owned companies don’t get a contract because the contract is reserved for a company owned by, say, Hispanics or women. So expropriation is a principle tool for both forms of Marxism.

And finally, both have a method of analysis that automatically gives the answers they want. For the classical Marxist, it’s Marxist economics. For the cultural Marxist, it’s deconstruction.

Deconstruction essentially takes any text, removes all meaning from it and re-inserts any meaning desired. So we find, for example, that all of Shakespeare is about the suppression of women, or the Bible is really about race and gender.

All of these texts simply become grist for the mill, which proves that “all history is about which groups have power over which other groups.”

So the parallels are very evident between the classical Marxism that we’re familiar with in the old Soviet Union and the cultural Marxism that we see today as Political Correctness.

Related: Vladimir Putin Slams ‘Obsolete Liberalism’

But the parallels are not accidents. The parallels did not come from nothing. The fact of the matter is that Political Correctness has a history, a history that is much longer than many people are aware of outside a small group of academics who have studied this.

And the history goes back, as I said, to World War I, as do so many of the pathologies that are today bringing our society, and indeed our culture, down.

Marxist theory said that when the general European war came (as it did come in Europe in 1914), the working class throughout Europe would rise up and overthrow their governments – the bourgeois governments – because the workers had more in common with each other across the national boundaries than they had in common with the bourgeoisie and the ruling class in their own country. Well, 1914 came and it didn’t happen.

Throughout Europe, workers rallied to their flag and happily marched off to fight each other. The Kaiser shook hands with the leaders of the Marxist Social Democratic Party in Germany and said there are no parties now, there are only Germans. And this happened in every country in Europe. So something was wrong.

Marxists knew by definition it couldn’t be the theory. In 1917, they finally got a Marxist coup in Russia and it looked like the theory was working, but it stalled again.

Related: Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + P.C. Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich

It didn’t spread and when attempts were made to spread immediately after the war, with the Spartacist uprising in Berlin, with the Bela Kun government in Hungary, with the Munich Soviet, the workers didn’t support them.

So the Marxists’ had a problem. And two Marxist theorists went to work on it: Antonio Gramsci in Italy and Georg Lukacs in Hungary.

Gramsci said the workers will never see their true class interests, as defined by Marxism, until they are freed from Western culture, and particularly from the Christian religion – that they are blinded by culture and religion to their true class interests.

Lukacs, who was considered the most brilliant Marxist theorist since Marx himself, said in 1919, “Who will save us from Western Civilization?” He also theorized that the great obstacle to the creation of a Marxist paradise was the culture: Western civilization itself.

Lukacs gets a chance to put his ideas into practice, because when the home grown Bolshevik Bela Kun government is established in Hungary in 1919, he becomes deputy commissar for culture, and the first thing he did was introduce sex education into the Hungarian schools.

This ensured that the workers would not support the Bela Kun government, because the Hungarian people looked at this aghast, workers as well as everyone else. But he had already made the connection that today many of us are still surprised by, that we would consider the “latest thing.”

Related: I Am Not Black, You Are Not White

In 1923 in Germany, a think-tank is established that takes on the role of translating Marxism from economic into cultural terms, that creates Political Correctness as we know it today, and essentially it has created the basis for it by the end of the 1930s.

This comes about because the very wealthy young son of a millionaire German trader by the name of Felix Weil has become a Marxist and has lots of money to spend. He is disturbed by the divisions among the Marxists, so he sponsors something called the First Marxist Work Week, where he brings Lukacs and many of the key German thinkers together for a week, working on the differences of Marxism.

And he says, “What we need is a think-tank.” Washington is full of think tanks and we think of them as very modern. In fact they go back quite a ways.

He endows an institute, associated with Frankfurt University, established in 1923, that was originally supposed to be known as the Institute for Marxism.

But the people behind it decided at the beginning that it was not to their advantage to be openly identified as Marxist. The last thing Political Correctness wants is for people to figure out it’s a form of Marxism. So instead they decide to name it the Institute for Social Research.

Weil is very clear about his goals. In 1917, he wrote to Martin Jay the author of a principle book on the Frankfurt School, as the Institute for Social Research soon becomes known informally, and he said, “I wanted the institute to become known, perhaps famous, due to its contributions to Marxism.”

Related: The World Economy Explained With Just Two Cows

Well, he was successful. The first director of the Institute, Carl Grunberg, an Austrian economist, concluded his opening address, according to Martin Jay, “by clearly stating his personal allegiance to Marxism as a scientific methodology.” Marxism, he said, would be the ruling principle at the Institute, and that never changed.

The initial work at the Institute was rather conventional, but in 1930 it acquired a new director named Max Horkheimer, and Horkheimer’s views were very different. He was very much a Marxist renegade. The people who create and form the Frankfurt School are renegade Marxists.

They’re still very much Marxist in their thinking, but they’re effectively run out of the party. Moscow looks at what they are doing and says, “Hey, this isn’t us, and we’re not going to bless this.”

Horkheimer’s initial heresy is that he is very interested in Freud, and the key to making the translation of Marxism from economic into cultural terms is essentially that he combined it with Freudism.

Again, Martin Jay writes:

“If it can be said that in the early years of its history, the Institute concerned itself primarily with an analysis of bourgeois society’s socio-economic sub-structure,” – and I point out that Jay is very sympathetic to the Frankfurt School, I’m not reading from a critic here – “in the years after 1930 its primary interests lay in its cultural superstructure.

Indeed the traditional Marxist formula regarding the relationship between the two was brought into question by Critical Theory.

The stuff we’ve been hearing about – the radical feminism, the women’s studies departments, the gay studies departments, the black studies departments – all these things are branches of Critical Theory.

Related: How The Frankfurt School Changed American / Western Culture

What the Frankfurt School essentially does is draw on both Marx and Freud in the 1930s to create this theory called Critical Theory. The term is ingenious because you’re tempted to ask, “What is the theory?” The theory is to criticize.

The theory is that the way to bring down Western culture and the capitalist order is not to lay down an alternative. They explicitly refuse to do that. They say it can’t be done, that we can’t imagine what a free society would look like (their definition of a free society).

As long as we’re living under repression – the repression of a capitalistic economic order which creates (in their theory) the Freudian condition, the conditions that Freud describes in individuals of repression – we can’t even imagine it.

What Critical Theory is about is simply criticizing. It calls for the most destructive criticism possible, in every possible way, designed to bring the current order down.

And, of course, when we hear from the feminists that the whole of society is just out to get women and so on, that kind of criticism is a derivative of Critical Theory. It is all coming from the 1930s, not the 1960s.

Other key members who join up around this time are Theodore Adorno, and, most importantly, Erich Fromm and Herbert Marcuse.

Related: New Study Shows Vast Majority Of Non-White Americans Reject Political Correctness

Fromm and Marcuse introduce an element which is central to Political Correctness, and that’s the sexual element. And particularly Marcuse, who in his own writings calls for a society of “polymorphous perversity,” that is his definition of the future of the world that they want to create.

Marcuse in particular by the 1930s is writing some very extreme stuff on the need for sexual liberation, but this runs through the whole Institute. So do most of the themes we see in Political Correctness, again in the early 30s. In Fromm’s view, masculinity and femininity were not reflections of ‘essential’ sexual differences, as the Romantics had thought.

They were derived instead from differences in life functions, which were in part socially determined. Sex is a construct; sexual differences are a construct.

Another example is the emphasis we now see on environmentalism.

“Materialism as far back as Hobbes had led to a manipulative dominating attitude toward nature.” That was Horkhemier writing in 1933 in Materialismus und Moral.

“The theme of man’s domination of nature,” according to Jay, ” was to become a central concern of the Frankfurt School in subsequent years.”

“Horkheimer’s antagonism to the fetishization of labor, (here’s were they’re obviously departing from Marxist orthodoxy) expressed another dimension of his materialism, the demand for human, sensual happiness.”

In one of his most trenchant essays, Egoism and the Movement for Emancipation, written in 1936, Horkeimer “discussed the hostility to personal gratification inherent in bourgeois culture.”

And he specifically referred to the Marquis de Sade, favorably, for his “protest…against asceticism in the name of a higher morality.”

How does all of this stuff flood in here? How does it flood into our universities, and indeed into our lives today?

The members of the Frankfurt School are Marxist, they are also, to a man, Jewish. In 1933 the Nazis came to power in Germany, and not surprisingly they shut down the Institute for Social Research. And its members fled.

KGB Defector Yuri Bezmenov's Warning to America

29 years ago, Soviet defector and KGB operative Yuri Bezmenov, specializing in the fields of Marxist-Leninist propaganda and ideological subversion; warned us about the silent war being waged against America as part of a long term plan to take over and destroy the American system and way of life.

Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Watch this clip in amazement as you realize he is describing exactly what's happening in America today, where by Obama and his gang of Marxist usurpers [this part is historical, obviously] who now have control of your government are just the culmination of a very long term plan, but are the ones who are about to bring it into fruition.

Bezmenov was born in 1939 in Mytishchi, near Moscow to a high ranking Soviet Army officer. At the age of seventeen, he entered the Institute of Oriental Languages, a part of the Moscow State University which was under the direct control of the KGB and the Communist Central Committee. In addition to languages, he studied history, literature, and music, and became an expert on Indian culture.

During his second year, Bezmenov sought to look like a person from India; his teachers encouraged this because graduates of the school were employed as diplomats, foreign journalists, or spies.

As a Soviet student, he was also required to take compulsory military training in which he was taught how to play "strategic war games" using the maps of foreign countries, as well as how to interrogate prisoners of war

They fled to New York City, and the Institute was reestablished there in 1933 with help from Columbia University. And the members of the Institute, gradually through the 1930s, though many of them remained writing in German, shift their focus from Critical Theory about German society, destructive criticism about every aspect of that society, to Critical Theory directed toward American society.

There is another very important transition when the war comes. Some of them go to work for the government, including Herbert Marcuse, who became a key figure in the OSS (the predecessor to the CIA), and some, including Horkheimer and Adorno, move to Hollywood.

These origins of Political Correctness would probably not mean too much to us today except for two subsequent events. The first was the student rebellion in the mid-1960s, which was driven largely by resistance to the draft and the Vietnam War.

But the student rebels needed theory of some sort. They couldn’t just get out there and say, “Hell no we won’t go,” they had to have some theoretical explanation behind it. Very few of them were interested in wading through Das Kapital.

Classical, economic Marxism is not light, and most of the radicals of the 60s were not deep. Fortunately for them, and unfortunately for our country today, and not just in the university, Herbert Marcuse remained in America when the Frankfurt School relocated back to Frankfurt after the war.

And whereas Mr. Adorno in Germany is appalled by the student rebellion when it breaks out there – when the student rebels come into Adorno’s classroom, he calls the police and has them arrested – Herbert Marcuse, who remained here, saw the 60s student rebellion as the great chance.

Related: What Happens When You Rebel Against The Herd

He saw the opportunity to take the work of the Frankfurt School and make it the theory of the New Left in the United States.

One of Marcuse’s books was the key book. It virtually became the bible of the SDS and the student rebels of the 60s. That book was Eros and Civilization. Marcuse argues that under a capitalistic order (he downplays the Marxism very strongly here, it is subtitled, A Philosophical Inquiry into Freud, but the framework is Marxist), repression is the essence of that order and that gives us the person Freud describes – the person with all the hang-ups, the neuroses, because his sexual instincts are repressed.

We can envision a future, if we can only destroy this existing oppressive order, in which we liberate eros, we liberate libido, in which we have a world of “polymorphous perversity,” in which you can “do you own thing.” And by the way, in that world there will no longer be work, only play.

What a wonderful message for the radicals of the mid-60s! They’re students, they’re baby-boomers, and they’ve grown up never having to worry about anything except eventually having to get a job.

And here is a guy writing in a way they can easily follow. He doesn’t require them to read a lot of heavy Marxism and tells them everything they want to hear which is essentially, “Do your own thing,” “If it feels good do it,” and “You never have to go to work.”

Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

By the way, Marcuse is also the man who creates the phrase, “Make love, not war.”

Coming back to the situation people face on campus, Marcuse defines “liberating tolerance” as intolerance for anything coming from the Right and tolerance for anything coming from the Left. Marcuse joined the Frankfurt School, in 1932 (if I remember right). So, all of this goes back to the 1930s.

In conclusion, America [the West] today is in the throes of the greatest and direst transformation in its history. We are becoming an ideological state, a country with an official state ideology enforced by the power of the state.

In “hate crimes” we now have people serving jail sentences for political thoughts.

And the Congress is now moving to expand that category ever further. Affirmative action is part of it.

The terror against anyone who dissents from Political Correctness on campus is part of it. It’s exactly what we have seen happen in Russia, in Germany, in Italy, in China, and now it’s coming here.

And we don’t recognize it because we call it Political Correctness and laugh it off.

My message today is that it’s not funny, it’s here, it’s growing and it will eventually destroy, as it seeks to destroy, everything that we have ever defined as our freedom and our culture.

Related Articles:

Self-Determination Means Liberty

Finland: Christian MP Under Police Hate Crime Investigation After Posting Bible Verse

Students Prevented From Attending UK School Because They Refuse to Wear “Gender Neutral” Uniforms

No laughing matter: PC policing would make ‘Monty Python’ and other comedies ‘crimes’ today

5-Year-Old Autistic Boy Labeled “Sex Offender” For Hugging Classmate

Milk: The new symbol of racism in Donald Trump's America

Politically Incorrect 80s Flashba